2013-10-14 Chao-ying Fu <Chao-ying.Fu@imgtec.com>
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / doc / as.texinfo
CommitLineData
252b5132 1\input texinfo @c -*-Texinfo-*-
b40bf0a2 2@c Copyright 1991-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132
RH
3@c UPDATE!! On future updates--
4@c (1) check for new machine-dep cmdline options in
5@c md_parse_option definitions in config/tc-*.c
6@c (2) for platform-specific directives, examine md_pseudo_op
7@c in config/tc-*.c
8@c (3) for object-format specific directives, examine obj_pseudo_op
01642c12 9@c in config/obj-*.c
252b5132
RH
10@c (4) portable directives in potable[] in read.c
11@c %**start of header
12@setfilename as.info
13@c ---config---
a4fb0134
SC
14@macro gcctabopt{body}
15@code{\body\}
16@end macro
252b5132
RH
17@c defaults, config file may override:
18@set have-stabs
19@c ---
4a4c4a1d
MR
20@c man begin NAME
21@c ---
252b5132 22@include asconfig.texi
c428fa83 23@include bfdver.texi
252b5132 24@c ---
0285c67d 25@c man end
4a4c4a1d 26@c ---
252b5132 27@c common OR combinations of conditions
c1253627
NC
28@ifset COFF
29@set COFF-ELF
30@end ifset
31@ifset ELF
32@set COFF-ELF
33@end ifset
252b5132
RH
34@ifset AOUT
35@set aout-bout
36@end ifset
37@ifset ARM/Thumb
38@set ARM
39@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
40@ifset Blackfin
41@set Blackfin
42@end ifset
252b5132
RH
43@ifset BOUT
44@set aout-bout
45@end ifset
46@ifset H8/300
47@set H8
48@end ifset
252b5132
RH
49@ifset SH
50@set H8
51@end ifset
52@ifset HPPA
53@set abnormal-separator
54@end ifset
55@c ------------
56@ifset GENERIC
57@settitle Using @value{AS}
58@end ifset
59@ifclear GENERIC
60@settitle Using @value{AS} (@value{TARGET})
61@end ifclear
62@setchapternewpage odd
63@c %**end of header
64
65@c @smallbook
66@c @set SMALL
67@c WARE! Some of the machine-dependent sections contain tables of machine
68@c instructions. Except in multi-column format, these tables look silly.
69@c Unfortunately, Texinfo doesn't have a general-purpose multi-col format, so
70@c the multi-col format is faked within @example sections.
01642c12 71@c
252b5132
RH
72@c Again unfortunately, the natural size that fits on a page, for these tables,
73@c is different depending on whether or not smallbook is turned on.
74@c This matters, because of order: text flow switches columns at each page
75@c break.
01642c12 76@c
252b5132
RH
77@c The format faked in this source works reasonably well for smallbook,
78@c not well for the default large-page format. This manual expects that if you
79@c turn on @smallbook, you will also uncomment the "@set SMALL" to enable the
80@c tables in question. You can turn on one without the other at your
01642c12 81@c discretion, of course.
252b5132
RH
82@ifinfo
83@set SMALL
84@c the insn tables look just as silly in info files regardless of smallbook,
85@c might as well show 'em anyways.
86@end ifinfo
87
9160ea82
AM
88@ifnottex
89@dircategory Software development
90@direntry
252b5132 91* As: (as). The GNU assembler.
59455fb1 92* Gas: (as). The GNU assembler.
9160ea82
AM
93@end direntry
94@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
95
96@finalout
97@syncodeindex ky cp
98
0e9517a9 99@copying
252b5132
RH
100This file documents the GNU Assembler "@value{AS}".
101
0285c67d 102@c man begin COPYRIGHT
b40bf0a2 103Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 104
0285c67d 105Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 106under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
0285c67d
NC
107or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
108with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
109Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 110section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
0285c67d
NC
111
112@c man end
0e9517a9 113@end copying
252b5132
RH
114
115@titlepage
116@title Using @value{AS}
117@subtitle The @sc{gnu} Assembler
118@ifclear GENERIC
119@subtitle for the @value{TARGET} family
120@end ifclear
e49e529d
JM
121@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
122@sp 1
123@subtitle @value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
124@end ifset
252b5132
RH
125@sp 1
126@subtitle Version @value{VERSION}
127@sp 1
128@sp 13
b45619c0 129The Free Software Foundation Inc.@: thanks The Nice Computer
252b5132 130Company of Australia for loaning Dean Elsner to write the
a4fb0134 131first (Vax) version of @command{as} for Project @sc{gnu}.
252b5132
RH
132The proprietors, management and staff of TNCCA thank FSF for
133distracting the boss while they got some work
134done.
135@sp 3
136@author Dean Elsner, Jay Fenlason & friends
137@page
138@tex
139{\parskip=0pt
140\hfill {\it Using {\tt @value{AS}}}\par
141\hfill Edited by Cygnus Support\par
142}
143%"boxit" macro for figures:
144%Modified from Knuth's ``boxit'' macro from TeXbook (answer to exercise 21.3)
145\gdef\boxit#1#2{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule\kern3pt
146 \vbox{\parindent=0pt\parskip=0pt\hsize=#1\kern3pt\strut\hfil
147#2\hfil\strut\kern3pt}\kern3pt\vrule}\hrule}}%box with visible outline
148\gdef\ibox#1#2{\hbox to #1{#2\hfil}\kern8pt}% invisible box
149@end tex
150
151@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
b40bf0a2 152Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 153
cf055d54 154 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 155 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
cf055d54
NC
156 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
157 with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
158 Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 159 section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
252b5132 160
252b5132 161@end titlepage
4ecceb71 162@contents
252b5132 163
2e64b665 164@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
165@node Top
166@top Using @value{AS}
167
e49e529d
JM
168This file is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}
169@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
170@value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
171@end ifset
172version @value{VERSION}.
252b5132 173@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 174This version of the file describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
175code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
176@end ifclear
cf055d54
NC
177
178This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
179Documentation License. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 180section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
cf055d54 181
252b5132
RH
182@menu
183* Overview:: Overview
184* Invoking:: Command-Line Options
185* Syntax:: Syntax
186* Sections:: Sections and Relocation
187* Symbols:: Symbols
188* Expressions:: Expressions
189* Pseudo Ops:: Assembler Directives
3a99f02f
DJ
190@ifset ELF
191* Object Attributes:: Object Attributes
192@end ifset
252b5132
RH
193* Machine Dependencies:: Machine Dependent Features
194* Reporting Bugs:: Reporting Bugs
195* Acknowledgements:: Who Did What
cf055d54 196* GNU Free Documentation License:: GNU Free Documentation License
28c9d252 197* AS Index:: AS Index
252b5132 198@end menu
2e64b665 199@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
200
201@node Overview
202@chapter Overview
203@iftex
a4fb0134 204This manual is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 205@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 206This version of the manual describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
207code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
208@end ifclear
209@end iftex
210
211@cindex invocation summary
212@cindex option summary
213@cindex summary of options
a4fb0134 214Here is a brief summary of how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}. For details,
96e9638b 215see @ref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}.
252b5132 216
0285c67d
NC
217@c man title AS the portable GNU assembler.
218
a4fb0134 219@ignore
0285c67d
NC
220@c man begin SEEALSO
221gcc(1), ld(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils} and @file{ld}.
222@c man end
a4fb0134 223@end ignore
0285c67d 224
252b5132
RH
225@c We don't use deffn and friends for the following because they seem
226@c to be limited to one line for the header.
227@smallexample
0285c67d 228@c man begin SYNOPSIS
83f10cb2 229@value{AS} [@b{-a}[@b{cdghlns}][=@var{file}]] [@b{--alternate}] [@b{-D}]
955974c6 230 [@b{--compress-debug-sections}] [@b{--nocompress-debug-sections}]
3d6b762c 231 [@b{--debug-prefix-map} @var{old}=@var{new}]
4bdd3565 232 [@b{--defsym} @var{sym}=@var{val}] [@b{-f}] [@b{-g}] [@b{--gstabs}]
b40bf0a2
NC
233 [@b{--gstabs+}] [@b{--gdwarf-2}] [@b{--gdwarf-sections}]
234 [@b{--help}] [@b{-I} @var{dir}] [@b{-J}]
4bdd3565
NC
235 [@b{-K}] [@b{-L}] [@b{--listing-lhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
236 [@b{--listing-lhs-width2}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--listing-rhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
237 [@b{--listing-cont-lines}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--keep-locals}] [@b{-o}
238 @var{objfile}] [@b{-R}] [@b{--reduce-memory-overheads}] [@b{--statistics}]
239 [@b{-v}] [@b{-version}] [@b{--version}] [@b{-W}] [@b{--warn}]
a0b7da79 240 [@b{--fatal-warnings}] [@b{-w}] [@b{-x}] [@b{-Z}] [@b{@@@var{FILE}}]
21be61f5 241 [@b{--size-check=[error|warning]}]
a0b7da79
MM
242 [@b{--target-help}] [@var{target-options}]
243 [@b{--}|@var{files} @dots{}]
a4fb0134
SC
244@c
245@c Target dependent options are listed below. Keep the list sorted.
01642c12 246@c Add an empty line for separation.
a06ea964
NC
247@ifset AARCH64
248
249@emph{Target AArch64 options:}
250 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
69091a2c 251 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}]
a06ea964 252@end ifset
625e1353
RH
253@ifset ALPHA
254
255@emph{Target Alpha options:}
256 [@b{-m@var{cpu}}]
257 [@b{-mdebug} | @b{-no-mdebug}]
198f1251 258 [@b{-replace} | @b{-noreplace}]
625e1353
RH
259 [@b{-relax}] [@b{-g}] [@b{-G@var{size}}]
260 [@b{-F}] [@b{-32addr}]
261@end ifset
252b5132 262@ifset ARC
a4fb0134
SC
263
264@emph{Target ARC options:}
265 [@b{-marc[5|6|7|8]}]
266 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
252b5132
RH
267@end ifset
268@ifset ARM
a4fb0134
SC
269
270@emph{Target ARM options:}
03b1477f 271@c Don't document the deprecated options
92081f48
HPN
272 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
273 [@b{-march}=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
33a392fb
PB
274 [@b{-mfpu}=@var{floating-point-format}]
275 [@b{-mfloat-abi}=@var{abi}]
d507cf36 276 [@b{-meabi}=@var{ver}]
03b1477f 277 [@b{-mthumb}]
a4fb0134
SC
278 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
279 [@b{-mapcs-32}|@b{-mapcs-26}|@b{-mapcs-float}|
280 @b{-mapcs-reentrant}]
7f266840 281 [@b{-mthumb-interwork}] [@b{-k}]
252b5132 282@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
283@ifset Blackfin
284
285@emph{Target Blackfin options:}
286 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[-@var{sirevision}]]
287 [@b{-mfdpic}]
288 [@b{-mno-fdpic}]
289 [@b{-mnopic}]
290@end ifset
328eb32e
HPN
291@ifset CRIS
292
293@emph{Target CRIS options:}
294 [@b{--underscore} | @b{--no-underscore}]
295 [@b{--pic}] [@b{-N}]
296 [@b{--emulation=criself} | @b{--emulation=crisaout}]
ae57792d 297 [@b{--march=v0_v10} | @b{--march=v10} | @b{--march=v32} | @b{--march=common_v10_v32}]
328eb32e
HPN
298@c Deprecated -- deliberately not documented.
299@c [@b{-h}] [@b{-H}]
300@end ifset
252b5132 301@ifset D10V
a4fb0134
SC
302
303@emph{Target D10V options:}
304 [@b{-O}]
252b5132
RH
305@end ifset
306@ifset D30V
a4fb0134
SC
307
308@emph{Target D30V options:}
309 [@b{-O}|@b{-n}|@b{-N}]
252b5132 310@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
311@ifset EPIPHANY
312
313@emph{Target EPIPHANY options:}
314 [@b{-mepiphany}|@b{-mepiphany16}]
315@end ifset
252b5132 316@ifset H8
6fd4f6cc
DD
317
318@emph{Target H8/300 options:}
319 [-h-tick-hex]
252b5132
RH
320@end ifset
321@ifset HPPA
322@c HPPA has no machine-dependent assembler options (yet).
323@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
324@ifset I80386
325
326@emph{Target i386 options:}
542385d9 327 [@b{--32}|@b{--x32}|@b{--64}] [@b{-n}]
1ef52f49 328 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}[+@var{EXTENSION}@dots{}]] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}]
252b5132
RH
329@end ifset
330@ifset I960
a4fb0134
SC
331
332@emph{Target i960 options:}
252b5132 333@c see md_parse_option in tc-i960.c
a4fb0134
SC
334 [@b{-ACA}|@b{-ACA_A}|@b{-ACB}|@b{-ACC}|@b{-AKA}|@b{-AKB}|
335 @b{-AKC}|@b{-AMC}]
336 [@b{-b}] [@b{-no-relax}]
252b5132 337@end ifset
587fe2b3 338@ifset IA64
a4fb0134 339
9e32ca89
NC
340@emph{Target IA-64 options:}
341 [@b{-mconstant-gp}|@b{-mauto-pic}]
342 [@b{-milp32}|@b{-milp64}|@b{-mlp64}|@b{-mp64}]
343 [@b{-mle}|@b{mbe}]
8c2fda1d 344 [@b{-mtune=itanium1}|@b{-mtune=itanium2}]
970d6792 345 [@b{-munwind-check=warning}|@b{-munwind-check=error}]
91d777ee 346 [@b{-mhint.b=ok}|@b{-mhint.b=warning}|@b{-mhint.b=error}]
9e32ca89
NC
347 [@b{-x}|@b{-xexplicit}] [@b{-xauto}] [@b{-xdebug}]
348@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
349@ifset IP2K
350
351@emph{Target IP2K options:}
352 [@b{-mip2022}|@b{-mip2022ext}]
353@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
354@ifset M32C
355
356@emph{Target M32C options:}
c54b5932 357 [@b{-m32c}|@b{-m16c}] [-relax] [-h-tick-hex]
49f58d10 358@end ifset
587fe2b3 359@ifset M32R
9e32ca89 360
a4fb0134
SC
361@emph{Target M32R options:}
362 [@b{--m32rx}|@b{--[no-]warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts}|
587fe2b3 363 @b{--W[n]p}]
ec694b89 364@end ifset
252b5132 365@ifset M680X0
a4fb0134
SC
366
367@emph{Target M680X0 options:}
368 [@b{-l}] [@b{-m68000}|@b{-m68010}|@b{-m68020}|@dots{}]
252b5132 369@end ifset
60bcf0fa 370@ifset M68HC11
a4fb0134
SC
371
372@emph{Target M68HC11 options:}
6927f982 373 [@b{-m68hc11}|@b{-m68hc12}|@b{-m68hcs12}|@b{-mm9s12x}|@b{-mm9s12xg}]
2f904664
SC
374 [@b{-mshort}|@b{-mlong}]
375 [@b{-mshort-double}|@b{-mlong-double}]
1370e33d 376 [@b{--force-long-branches}] [@b{--short-branches}]
a4fb0134
SC
377 [@b{--strict-direct-mode}] [@b{--print-insn-syntax}]
378 [@b{--print-opcodes}] [@b{--generate-example}]
379@end ifset
380@ifset MCORE
381
382@emph{Target MCORE options:}
383 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-sifilter}] [@b{-relax}]
384 [@b{-mcpu=[210|340]}]
60bcf0fa 385@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
386@ifset METAG
387
388@emph{Target Meta options:}
389 [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mfpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mdsp=@var{cpu}}]
390@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
391@ifset MICROBLAZE
392@emph{Target MICROBLAZE options:}
393@c MicroBlaze has no machine-dependent assembler options.
394@end ifset
252b5132 395@ifset MIPS
a4fb0134
SC
396
397@emph{Target MIPS options:}
78849248 398 [@b{-nocpp}] [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}[@var{optimization level}]]
437ee9d5 399 [@b{-g}[@var{debug level}]] [@b{-G} @var{num}] [@b{-KPIC}] [@b{-call_shared}]
0c000745 400 [@b{-non_shared}] [@b{-xgot} [@b{-mvxworks-pic}]
437ee9d5
TS
401 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}] [@b{-32}] [@b{-n32}] [@b{-64}] [@b{-mfp32}] [@b{-mgp32}]
402 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mips1}] [@b{-mips2}]
af7ee8bf 403 [@b{-mips3}] [@b{-mips4}] [@b{-mips5}] [@b{-mips32}] [@b{-mips32r2}]
5f74bc13 404 [@b{-mips64}] [@b{-mips64r2}]
437ee9d5 405 [@b{-construct-floats}] [@b{-no-construct-floats}]
ba92f887 406 [@b{-mnan=@var{encoding}}]
437ee9d5 407 [@b{-trap}] [@b{-no-break}] [@b{-break}] [@b{-no-trap}]
437ee9d5 408 [@b{-mips16}] [@b{-no-mips16}]
df58fc94 409 [@b{-mmicromips}] [@b{-mno-micromips}]
e16bfa71 410 [@b{-msmartmips}] [@b{-mno-smartmips}]
1f25f5d3 411 [@b{-mips3d}] [@b{-no-mips3d}]
deec1734 412 [@b{-mdmx}] [@b{-no-mdmx}]
2ef2b9ae 413 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-mno-dsp}]
8b082fb1 414 [@b{-mdspr2}] [@b{-mno-dspr2}]
ef2e4d86 415 [@b{-mmt}] [@b{-mno-mt}]
dec0624d 416 [@b{-mmcu}] [@b{-mno-mcu}]
833794fc 417 [@b{-minsn32}] [@b{-mno-insn32}]
2babba43
MR
418 [@b{-mfix7000}] [@b{-mno-fix7000}]
419 [@b{-mfix-vr4120}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4120}]
420 [@b{-mfix-vr4130}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4130}]
ecb4347a 421 [@b{-mdebug}] [@b{-no-mdebug}]
dcd410fe 422 [@b{-mpdr}] [@b{-mno-pdr}]
3c3bdf30
NC
423@end ifset
424@ifset MMIX
a4fb0134
SC
425
426@emph{Target MMIX options:}
427 [@b{--fixed-special-register-names}] [@b{--globalize-symbols}]
428 [@b{--gnu-syntax}] [@b{--relax}] [@b{--no-predefined-symbols}]
429 [@b{--no-expand}] [@b{--no-merge-gregs}] [@b{-x}]
973eb340 430 [@b{--linker-allocated-gregs}]
a4fb0134 431@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
432@ifset NIOSII
433
434@emph{Target Nios II options:}
435 [@b{-relax-all}] [@b{-relax-section}] [@b{-no-relax}]
436 [@b{-EB}] [@b{-EL}]
437@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
438@ifset PDP11
439
440@emph{Target PDP11 options:}
441 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}] [@b{-mall}] [@b{-mno-extensions}]
442 [@b{-m}@var{extension}|@b{-mno-}@var{extension}]
01642c12 443 [@b{-m}@var{cpu}] [@b{-m}@var{machine}]
a4fb0134
SC
444@end ifset
445@ifset PJ
446
447@emph{Target picoJava options:}
448 [@b{-mb}|@b{-me}]
449@end ifset
450@ifset PPC
451
452@emph{Target PowerPC options:}
b8b738ac
AM
453 [@b{-a32}|@b{-a64}]
454 [@b{-mpwrx}|@b{-mpwr2}|@b{-mpwr}|@b{-m601}|@b{-mppc}|@b{-mppc32}|@b{-m603}|@b{-m604}|@b{-m403}|@b{-m405}|
455 @b{-m440}|@b{-m464}|@b{-m476}|@b{-m7400}|@b{-m7410}|@b{-m7450}|@b{-m7455}|@b{-m750cl}|@b{-mppc64}|
aea77599 456 @b{-m620}|@b{-me500}|@b{-e500x2}|@b{-me500mc}|@b{-me500mc64}|@b{-me5500}|@b{-me6500}|@b{-mppc64bridge}|
b36546d2 457 @b{-mbooke}|@b{-mpower4}|@b{-mpwr4}|@b{-mpower5}|@b{-mpwr5}|@b{-mpwr5x}|@b{-mpower6}|@b{-mpwr6}|
5817ffd1
PB
458 @b{-mpower7}|@b{-mpwr7}|@b{-mpower8}|@b{-mpwr8}|@b{-ma2}|@b{-mcell}|@b{-mspe}|@b{-mtitan}|@b{-me300}|@b{-mcom}]
459 [@b{-many}] [@b{-maltivec}|@b{-mvsx}|@b{-mhtm}|@b{-mvle}]
a4fb0134 460 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
b8b738ac
AM
461 [@b{-mrelocatable}|@b{-mrelocatable-lib}|@b{-K PIC}] [@b{-memb}]
462 [@b{-mlittle}|@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-le}|@b{-mbig}|@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-be}]
a4fb0134 463 [@b{-msolaris}|@b{-mno-solaris}]
b8b738ac 464 [@b{-nops=@var{count}}]
a4fb0134 465@end ifset
c7927a3c
NC
466@ifset RX
467
468@emph{Target RX options:}
469 [@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig-endian}]
c7927a3c 470 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
708e2187
NC
471 [@b{-muse-conventional-section-names}]
472 [@b{-msmall-data-limit}]
473 [@b{-mpid}]
474 [@b{-mrelax}]
475 [@b{-mint-register=@var{number}}]
476 [@b{-mgcc-abi}|@b{-mrx-abi}]
c7927a3c 477@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
478@ifset S390
479
480@emph{Target s390 options:}
481 [@b{-m31}|@b{-m64}] [@b{-mesa}|@b{-mzarch}] [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}]
482 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
483 [@b{-mwarn-areg-zero}]
484@end ifset
c3b7224a
NC
485@ifset SCORE
486
487@emph{Target SCORE options:}
488 [@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}][@b{-FIXDD}][@b{-NWARN}]
489 [@b{-SCORE5}][@b{-SCORE5U}][@b{-SCORE7}][@b{-SCORE3}]
490 [@b{-march=score7}][@b{-march=score3}]
491 [@b{-USE_R1}][@b{-KPIC}][@b{-O0}][@b{-G} @var{num}][@b{-V}]
492@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
493@ifset SPARC
494
495@emph{Target SPARC options:}
496@c The order here is important. See c-sparc.texi.
497 [@b{-Av6}|@b{-Av7}|@b{-Av8}|@b{-Asparclet}|@b{-Asparclite}
498 @b{-Av8plus}|@b{-Av8plusa}|@b{-Av9}|@b{-Av9a}]
499 [@b{-xarch=v8plus}|@b{-xarch=v8plusa}] [@b{-bump}]
500 [@b{-32}|@b{-64}]
501@end ifset
502@ifset TIC54X
503
504@emph{Target TIC54X options:}
01642c12 505 [@b{-mcpu=54[123589]}|@b{-mcpu=54[56]lp}] [@b{-mfar-mode}|@b{-mf}]
a4fb0134
SC
506 [@b{-merrors-to-file} @var{<filename>}|@b{-me} @var{<filename>}]
507@end ifset
3c9b82ba 508
40b36596
JM
509@ifset TIC6X
510
511@emph{Target TIC6X options:}
98d23bef
BS
512 [@b{-march=@var{arch}}] [@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-mlittle-endian}]
513 [@b{-mdsbt}|@b{-mno-dsbt}] [@b{-mpid=no}|@b{-mpid=near}|@b{-mpid=far}]
514 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}]
40b36596 515@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
516@ifset TILEGX
517
518@emph{Target TILE-Gx options:}
fb6cedde 519 [@b{-m32}|@b{-m64}][@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}]
aa137e4d
NC
520@end ifset
521@ifset TILEPRO
522@c TILEPro has no machine-dependent assembler options
523@end ifset
40b36596 524
2d8b84ae
SA
525@ifset XTENSA
526
527@emph{Target Xtensa options:}
528 [@b{--[no-]text-section-literals}] [@b{--[no-]absolute-literals}]
529 [@b{--[no-]target-align}] [@b{--[no-]longcalls}]
530 [@b{--[no-]transform}]
531 [@b{--rename-section} @var{oldname}=@var{newname}]
532@end ifset
533
3c9b82ba
NC
534@ifset Z80
535
536@emph{Target Z80 options:}
537 [@b{-z80}] [@b{-r800}]
538 [@b{ -ignore-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wnud}]
539 [@b{ -ignore-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wnup}]
540 [@b{ -warn-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wud}]
541 [@b{ -warn-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wup}]
542 [@b{ -forbid-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Fud}]
543 [@b{ -forbid-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Fup}]
544@end ifset
545
a4fb0134
SC
546@ifset Z8000
547@c Z8000 has no machine-dependent assembler options
252b5132 548@end ifset
e0001a05 549
0285c67d 550@c man end
252b5132
RH
551@end smallexample
552
0285c67d
NC
553@c man begin OPTIONS
554
a4fb0134 555@table @gcctabopt
38fc1cb1 556@include at-file.texi
a0b7da79 557
83f10cb2 558@item -a[cdghlmns]
252b5132
RH
559Turn on listings, in any of a variety of ways:
560
a4fb0134 561@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
562@item -ac
563omit false conditionals
564
565@item -ad
566omit debugging directives
567
83f10cb2
NC
568@item -ag
569include general information, like @value{AS} version and options passed
570
252b5132
RH
571@item -ah
572include high-level source
573
574@item -al
575include assembly
576
577@item -am
578include macro expansions
579
580@item -an
581omit forms processing
582
583@item -as
584include symbols
585
586@item =file
587set the name of the listing file
588@end table
589
590You may combine these options; for example, use @samp{-aln} for assembly
591listing without forms processing. The @samp{=file} option, if used, must be
592the last one. By itself, @samp{-a} defaults to @samp{-ahls}.
593
caa32fe5 594@item --alternate
96e9638b
BW
595Begin in alternate macro mode.
596@ifclear man
597@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
598@end ifclear
caa32fe5 599
955974c6
CC
600@item --compress-debug-sections
601Compress DWARF debug sections using zlib. The debug sections are renamed
602to begin with @samp{.zdebug}, and the resulting object file may not be
603compatible with older linkers and object file utilities.
604
605@item --nocompress-debug-sections
606Do not compress DWARF debug sections. This is the default.
607
252b5132
RH
608@item -D
609Ignored. This option is accepted for script compatibility with calls to
610other assemblers.
611
3d6b762c
JM
612@item --debug-prefix-map @var{old}=@var{new}
613When assembling files in directory @file{@var{old}}, record debugging
614information describing them as in @file{@var{new}} instead.
615
252b5132
RH
616@item --defsym @var{sym}=@var{value}
617Define the symbol @var{sym} to be @var{value} before assembling the input file.
618@var{value} must be an integer constant. As in C, a leading @samp{0x}
bf083c64
NC
619indicates a hexadecimal value, and a leading @samp{0} indicates an octal
620value. The value of the symbol can be overridden inside a source file via the
621use of a @code{.set} pseudo-op.
252b5132
RH
622
623@item -f
624``fast''---skip whitespace and comment preprocessing (assume source is
625compiler output).
626
329e276d
NC
627@item -g
628@itemx --gen-debug
629Generate debugging information for each assembler source line using whichever
630debug format is preferred by the target. This currently means either STABS,
631ECOFF or DWARF2.
632
252b5132
RH
633@item --gstabs
634Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line. This
635may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it.
636
05da4302
NC
637@item --gstabs+
638Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line, with GNU
639extensions that probably only gdb can handle, and that could make other
640debuggers crash or refuse to read your program. This
641may help debugging assembler code. Currently the only GNU extension is
642the location of the current working directory at assembling time.
643
329e276d 644@item --gdwarf-2
cdf82bcf 645Generate DWARF2 debugging information for each assembler line. This
c1253627 646may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it. Note---this
85a39694 647option is only supported by some targets, not all of them.
cdf82bcf 648
b40bf0a2
NC
649@item --gdwarf-sections
650Instead of creating a .debug_line section, create a series of
651.debug_line.@var{foo} sections where @var{foo} is the name of the
652corresponding code section. For example a code section called @var{.text.func}
653will have its dwarf line number information placed into a section called
654@var{.debug_line.text.func}. If the code section is just called @var{.text}
655then debug line section will still be called just @var{.debug_line} without any
656suffix.
657
21be61f5
L
658@item --size-check=error
659@itemx --size-check=warning
660Issue an error or warning for invalid ELF .size directive.
661
252b5132
RH
662@item --help
663Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
664
ea20a7da
CC
665@item --target-help
666Print a summary of all target specific options and exit.
667
252b5132
RH
668@item -I @var{dir}
669Add directory @var{dir} to the search list for @code{.include} directives.
670
671@item -J
672Don't warn about signed overflow.
673
674@item -K
675@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
676This option is accepted but has no effect on the @value{TARGET} family.
677@end ifclear
678@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
679Issue warnings when difference tables altered for long displacements.
680@end ifset
681
682@item -L
683@itemx --keep-locals
ba83aca1
BW
684Keep (in the symbol table) local symbols. These symbols start with
685system-specific local label prefixes, typically @samp{.L} for ELF systems
686or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems.
687@ifclear man
688@xref{Symbol Names}.
689@end ifclear
252b5132 690
c3a27914
NC
691@item --listing-lhs-width=@var{number}
692Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for an assembler
693listing to @var{number}.
694
695@item --listing-lhs-width2=@var{number}
696Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for continuation
697lines in an assembler listing to @var{number}.
698
699@item --listing-rhs-width=@var{number}
700Set the maximum width of an input source line, as displayed in a listing, to
701@var{number} bytes.
702
703@item --listing-cont-lines=@var{number}
704Set the maximum number of lines printed in a listing for a single line of input
705to @var{number} + 1.
706
252b5132 707@item -o @var{objfile}
a4fb0134 708Name the object-file output from @command{@value{AS}} @var{objfile}.
252b5132
RH
709
710@item -R
711Fold the data section into the text section.
712
4bdd3565
NC
713@kindex --hash-size=@var{number}
714Set the default size of GAS's hash tables to a prime number close to
715@var{number}. Increasing this value can reduce the length of time it takes the
716assembler to perform its tasks, at the expense of increasing the assembler's
717memory requirements. Similarly reducing this value can reduce the memory
718requirements at the expense of speed.
719
720@item --reduce-memory-overheads
721This option reduces GAS's memory requirements, at the expense of making the
722assembly processes slower. Currently this switch is a synonym for
723@samp{--hash-size=4051}, but in the future it may have other effects as well.
724
252b5132
RH
725@item --statistics
726Print the maximum space (in bytes) and total time (in seconds) used by
727assembly.
728
729@item --strip-local-absolute
730Remove local absolute symbols from the outgoing symbol table.
731
732@item -v
733@itemx -version
a4fb0134 734Print the @command{as} version.
252b5132
RH
735
736@item --version
a4fb0134 737Print the @command{as} version and exit.
252b5132
RH
738
739@item -W
2bdd6cf5 740@itemx --no-warn
252b5132
RH
741Suppress warning messages.
742
2bdd6cf5
GK
743@item --fatal-warnings
744Treat warnings as errors.
745
746@item --warn
747Don't suppress warning messages or treat them as errors.
748
252b5132
RH
749@item -w
750Ignored.
751
752@item -x
753Ignored.
754
755@item -Z
756Generate an object file even after errors.
757
758@item -- | @var{files} @dots{}
759Standard input, or source files to assemble.
760
761@end table
2a633939
JM
762@c man end
763
a06ea964
NC
764@ifset AARCH64
765
766@ifclear man
767@xref{AArch64 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
768for the 64-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
769@end ifclear
770
771@ifset man
772@c man begin OPTIONS
773The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
77464-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
775@c man end
776@c man begin INCLUDE
777@include c-aarch64.texi
778@c ended inside the included file
779@end ifset
780
781@end ifset
782
2a633939
JM
783@ifset ALPHA
784
785@ifclear man
786@xref{Alpha Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
787for an Alpha processor.
788@end ifclear
789
790@ifset man
791@c man begin OPTIONS
792The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an Alpha
793processor.
794@c man end
795@c man begin INCLUDE
796@include c-alpha.texi
797@c ended inside the included file
798@end ifset
799
800@end ifset
252b5132 801
2a633939 802@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132
RH
803@ifset ARC
804The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
805an ARC processor.
806
a4fb0134 807@table @gcctabopt
0d2bcfaf
NC
808@item -marc[5|6|7|8]
809This option selects the core processor variant.
810@item -EB | -EL
811Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
252b5132
RH
812@end table
813@end ifset
814
815@ifset ARM
816The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the ARM
817processor family.
818
a4fb0134 819@table @gcctabopt
92081f48 820@item -mcpu=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 821Specify which ARM processor variant is the target.
92081f48 822@item -march=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 823Specify which ARM architecture variant is used by the target.
03b1477f 824@item -mfpu=@var{floating-point-format}
a349d9dd 825Select which Floating Point architecture is the target.
33a392fb
PB
826@item -mfloat-abi=@var{abi}
827Select which floating point ABI is in use.
03b1477f
RE
828@item -mthumb
829Enable Thumb only instruction decoding.
7f266840 830@item -mapcs-32 | -mapcs-26 | -mapcs-float | -mapcs-reentrant
252b5132
RH
831Select which procedure calling convention is in use.
832@item -EB | -EL
833Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
cdf82bcf
NC
834@item -mthumb-interwork
835Specify that the code has been generated with interworking between Thumb and
836ARM code in mind.
837@item -k
838Specify that PIC code has been generated.
252b5132
RH
839@end table
840@end ifset
635fb38d 841@c man end
252b5132 842
9982501a 843@ifset Blackfin
8611b8fd
MF
844
845@ifclear man
846@xref{Blackfin Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
847configured for the Blackfin processor family.
848@end ifclear
849
850@ifset man
851@c man begin OPTIONS
9982501a
JZ
852The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
853the Blackfin processor family.
8611b8fd
MF
854@c man end
855@c man begin INCLUDE
856@include c-bfin.texi
857@c ended inside the included file
858@end ifset
9982501a 859
9982501a
JZ
860@end ifset
861
635fb38d 862@c man begin OPTIONS
328eb32e
HPN
863@ifset CRIS
864See the info pages for documentation of the CRIS-specific options.
865@end ifset
866
252b5132
RH
867@ifset D10V
868The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
869a D10V processor.
a4fb0134 870@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
871@cindex D10V optimization
872@cindex optimization, D10V
873@item -O
874Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
875@end table
876@end ifset
877
878@ifset D30V
879The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a D30V
880processor.
a4fb0134 881@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
882@cindex D30V optimization
883@cindex optimization, D30V
884@item -O
885Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
886
887@cindex D30V nops
888@item -n
889Warn when nops are generated.
890
891@cindex D30V nops after 32-bit multiply
892@item -N
893Warn when a nop after a 32-bit multiply instruction is generated.
894@end table
895@end ifset
731caf76
L
896@c man end
897
cfb8c092
NC
898@ifset EPIPHANY
899The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
900Adapteva EPIPHANY series.
901
56b13185
JR
902@ifclear man
903@xref{Epiphany Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
904configured for an Epiphany processor.
905@end ifclear
cfb8c092 906
56b13185
JR
907@ifset man
908@c man begin OPTIONS
909The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
910an Epiphany processor.
911@c man end
912@c man begin INCLUDE
913@include c-epiphany.texi
0c76cae8
AM
914@c ended inside the included file
915@end ifset
916
917@end ifset
918
919@ifset H8300
920
921@ifclear man
922@xref{H8/300 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
923for an H8/300 processor.
924@end ifclear
925
926@ifset man
927@c man begin OPTIONS
928The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an H8/300
929processor.
930@c man end
931@c man begin INCLUDE
932@include c-h8300.texi
56b13185
JR
933@c ended inside the included file
934@end ifset
cfb8c092 935
cfb8c092
NC
936@end ifset
937
731caf76 938@ifset I80386
252b5132 939
731caf76
L
940@ifclear man
941@xref{i386-Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
942configured for an i386 processor.
943@end ifclear
944
945@ifset man
946@c man begin OPTIONS
947The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
948an i386 processor.
949@c man end
950@c man begin INCLUDE
951@include c-i386.texi
952@c ended inside the included file
953@end ifset
954
955@end ifset
956
957@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132
RH
958@ifset I960
959The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
960Intel 80960 processor.
961
a4fb0134 962@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
963@item -ACA | -ACA_A | -ACB | -ACC | -AKA | -AKB | -AKC | -AMC
964Specify which variant of the 960 architecture is the target.
965
966@item -b
967Add code to collect statistics about branches taken.
968
969@item -no-relax
970Do not alter compare-and-branch instructions for long displacements;
971error if necessary.
972
973@end table
974@end ifset
975
a40cbfa3
NC
976@ifset IP2K
977The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
ec88d317 978Ubicom IP2K series.
a40cbfa3
NC
979
980@table @gcctabopt
981
982@item -mip2022ext
983Specifies that the extended IP2022 instructions are allowed.
984
985@item -mip2022
8dfa0188 986Restores the default behaviour, which restricts the permitted instructions to
a40cbfa3
NC
987just the basic IP2022 ones.
988
989@end table
990@end ifset
991
49f58d10
JB
992@ifset M32C
993The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
994Renesas M32C and M16C processors.
995
996@table @gcctabopt
997
998@item -m32c
999Assemble M32C instructions.
1000
1001@item -m16c
1002Assemble M16C instructions (the default).
1003
c54b5932
DD
1004@item -relax
1005Enable support for link-time relaxations.
1006
1007@item -h-tick-hex
1008Support H'00 style hex constants in addition to 0x00 style.
1009
49f58d10
JB
1010@end table
1011@end ifset
1012
ec694b89
NC
1013@ifset M32R
1014The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
26597c86 1015Renesas M32R (formerly Mitsubishi M32R) series.
ec694b89 1016
a4fb0134 1017@table @gcctabopt
ec694b89
NC
1018
1019@item --m32rx
1020Specify which processor in the M32R family is the target. The default
1021is normally the M32R, but this option changes it to the M32RX.
1022
1023@item --warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wp
1024Produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
01642c12 1025encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1026
1027@item --no-warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wnp
01642c12
RM
1028Do not produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
1029encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1030
1031@end table
1032@end ifset
252b5132
RH
1033
1034@ifset M680X0
1035The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1036Motorola 68000 series.
1037
a4fb0134 1038@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1039
1040@item -l
1041Shorten references to undefined symbols, to one word instead of two.
1042
0285c67d
NC
1043@item -m68000 | -m68008 | -m68010 | -m68020 | -m68030
1044@itemx | -m68040 | -m68060 | -m68302 | -m68331 | -m68332
1045@itemx | -m68333 | -m68340 | -mcpu32 | -m5200
252b5132
RH
1046Specify what processor in the 68000 family is the target. The default
1047is normally the 68020, but this can be changed at configuration time.
1048
1049@item -m68881 | -m68882 | -mno-68881 | -mno-68882
1050The target machine does (or does not) have a floating-point coprocessor.
1051The default is to assume a coprocessor for 68020, 68030, and cpu32. Although
1052the basic 68000 is not compatible with the 68881, a combination of the
1053two can be specified, since it's possible to do emulation of the
1054coprocessor instructions with the main processor.
1055
1056@item -m68851 | -mno-68851
1057The target machine does (or does not) have a memory-management
1058unit coprocessor. The default is to assume an MMU for 68020 and up.
1059
1060@end table
1061@end ifset
1062
36591ba1
SL
1063@ifset NIOSII
1064
1065@ifclear man
1066@xref{Nios II Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1067for an Altera Nios II processor.
1068@end ifclear
1069
1070@ifset man
1071@c man begin OPTIONS
1072The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1073Altera Nios II processor.
1074@c man end
1075@c man begin INCLUDE
1076@include c-nios2.texi
1077@c ended inside the included file
1078@end ifset
1079@end ifset
1080
e135f41b
NC
1081@ifset PDP11
1082
1083For details about the PDP-11 machine dependent features options,
1084see @ref{PDP-11-Options}.
1085
a4fb0134 1086@table @gcctabopt
e135f41b
NC
1087@item -mpic | -mno-pic
1088Generate position-independent (or position-dependent) code. The
a4fb0134 1089default is @option{-mpic}.
e135f41b
NC
1090
1091@item -mall
1092@itemx -mall-extensions
1093Enable all instruction set extensions. This is the default.
1094
1095@item -mno-extensions
1096Disable all instruction set extensions.
1097
1098@item -m@var{extension} | -mno-@var{extension}
1099Enable (or disable) a particular instruction set extension.
1100
1101@item -m@var{cpu}
1102Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular CPU, and
1103disable all other extensions.
1104
1105@item -m@var{machine}
1106Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular machine
1107model, and disable all other extensions.
1108@end table
1109
1110@end ifset
1111
041dd5a9
ILT
1112@ifset PJ
1113The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1114a picoJava processor.
1115
a4fb0134 1116@table @gcctabopt
041dd5a9
ILT
1117
1118@cindex PJ endianness
1119@cindex endianness, PJ
1120@cindex big endian output, PJ
1121@item -mb
1122Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1123
1124@cindex little endian output, PJ
1125@item -ml
1126Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1127
1128@end table
1129@end ifset
1130
60bcf0fa
NC
1131@ifset M68HC11
1132The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1133Motorola 68HC11 or 68HC12 series.
1134
a4fb0134 1135@table @gcctabopt
60bcf0fa 1136
6927f982 1137@item -m68hc11 | -m68hc12 | -m68hcs12 | -mm9s12x | -mm9s12xg
60bcf0fa
NC
1138Specify what processor is the target. The default is
1139defined by the configuration option when building the assembler.
1140
6927f982
NC
1141@item --xgate-ramoffset
1142Instruct the linker to offset RAM addresses from S12X address space into
1143XGATE address space.
1144
2f904664
SC
1145@item -mshort
1146Specify to use the 16-bit integer ABI.
1147
1148@item -mlong
01642c12 1149Specify to use the 32-bit integer ABI.
2f904664
SC
1150
1151@item -mshort-double
01642c12 1152Specify to use the 32-bit double ABI.
2f904664
SC
1153
1154@item -mlong-double
01642c12 1155Specify to use the 64-bit double ABI.
2f904664 1156
1370e33d 1157@item --force-long-branches
60bcf0fa
NC
1158Relative branches are turned into absolute ones. This concerns
1159conditional branches, unconditional branches and branches to a
1160sub routine.
1161
1370e33d
NC
1162@item -S | --short-branches
1163Do not turn relative branches into absolute ones
60bcf0fa
NC
1164when the offset is out of range.
1165
1166@item --strict-direct-mode
1167Do not turn the direct addressing mode into extended addressing mode
1168when the instruction does not support direct addressing mode.
1169
1170@item --print-insn-syntax
1171Print the syntax of instruction in case of error.
1172
1173@item --print-opcodes
6927f982 1174Print the list of instructions with syntax and then exit.
60bcf0fa
NC
1175
1176@item --generate-example
6927f982 1177Print an example of instruction for each possible instruction and then exit.
a4fb0134 1178This option is only useful for testing @command{@value{AS}}.
60bcf0fa
NC
1179
1180@end table
1181@end ifset
1182
252b5132 1183@ifset SPARC
a4fb0134 1184The following options are available when @command{@value{AS}} is configured
252b5132
RH
1185for the SPARC architecture:
1186
a4fb0134 1187@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1188@item -Av6 | -Av7 | -Av8 | -Asparclet | -Asparclite
1189@itemx -Av8plus | -Av8plusa | -Av9 | -Av9a
1190Explicitly select a variant of the SPARC architecture.
1191
1192@samp{-Av8plus} and @samp{-Av8plusa} select a 32 bit environment.
1193@samp{-Av9} and @samp{-Av9a} select a 64 bit environment.
1194
1195@samp{-Av8plusa} and @samp{-Av9a} enable the SPARC V9 instruction set with
1196UltraSPARC extensions.
1197
1198@item -xarch=v8plus | -xarch=v8plusa
1199For compatibility with the Solaris v9 assembler. These options are
1200equivalent to -Av8plus and -Av8plusa, respectively.
1201
1202@item -bump
1203Warn when the assembler switches to another architecture.
1204@end table
1205@end ifset
1206
39bec121
TW
1207@ifset TIC54X
1208The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the 'c54x
01642c12 1209architecture.
39bec121 1210
a4fb0134 1211@table @gcctabopt
39bec121
TW
1212@item -mfar-mode
1213Enable extended addressing mode. All addresses and relocations will assume
1214extended addressing (usually 23 bits).
1215@item -mcpu=@var{CPU_VERSION}
1216Sets the CPU version being compiled for.
1217@item -merrors-to-file @var{FILENAME}
1218Redirect error output to a file, for broken systems which don't support such
1219behaviour in the shell.
1220@end table
1221@end ifset
1222
252b5132
RH
1223@ifset MIPS
1224The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
98508b2a 1225a MIPS processor.
252b5132 1226
a4fb0134 1227@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1228@item -G @var{num}
1229This option sets the largest size of an object that can be referenced
1230implicitly with the @code{gp} register. It is only accepted for targets that
1231use ECOFF format, such as a DECstation running Ultrix. The default value is 8.
1232
1233@cindex MIPS endianness
1234@cindex endianness, MIPS
1235@cindex big endian output, MIPS
1236@item -EB
1237Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1238
1239@cindex little endian output, MIPS
1240@item -EL
1241Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1242
1243@cindex MIPS ISA
1244@item -mips1
1245@itemx -mips2
1246@itemx -mips3
e7af610e 1247@itemx -mips4
437ee9d5 1248@itemx -mips5
e7af610e 1249@itemx -mips32
af7ee8bf 1250@itemx -mips32r2
4058e45f 1251@itemx -mips64
5f74bc13 1252@itemx -mips64r2
98508b2a 1253Generate code for a particular MIPS Instruction Set Architecture level.
437ee9d5
TS
1254@samp{-mips1} is an alias for @samp{-march=r3000}, @samp{-mips2} is an
1255alias for @samp{-march=r6000}, @samp{-mips3} is an alias for
1256@samp{-march=r4000} and @samp{-mips4} is an alias for @samp{-march=r8000}.
5f74bc13 1257@samp{-mips5}, @samp{-mips32}, @samp{-mips32r2}, @samp{-mips64}, and
81566a9b
MR
1258@samp{-mips64r2} correspond to generic MIPS V, MIPS32, MIPS32 Release 2,
1259MIPS64, and MIPS64 Release 2 ISA processors, respectively.
437ee9d5 1260
98508b2a
RS
1261@item -march=@var{cpu}
1262Generate code for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1263
1264@item -mtune=@var{cpu}
98508b2a 1265Schedule and tune for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1266
1267@item -mfix7000
1268@itemx -mno-fix7000
1269Cause nops to be inserted if the read of the destination register
1270of an mfhi or mflo instruction occurs in the following two instructions.
1271
ecb4347a
DJ
1272@item -mdebug
1273@itemx -no-mdebug
1274Cause stabs-style debugging output to go into an ECOFF-style .mdebug
1275section instead of the standard ELF .stabs sections.
1276
dcd410fe
RO
1277@item -mpdr
1278@itemx -mno-pdr
1279Control generation of @code{.pdr} sections.
1280
437ee9d5
TS
1281@item -mgp32
1282@itemx -mfp32
1283The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1284flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 32 bits wide at
1285all times. @samp{-mgp32} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1286and @samp{-mfp32} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1287
1288@item -mips16
1289@itemx -no-mips16
1290Generate code for the MIPS 16 processor. This is equivalent to putting
1291@code{.set mips16} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-no-mips16}
1292turns off this option.
252b5132 1293
df58fc94
RS
1294@item -mmicromips
1295@itemx -mno-micromips
1296Generate code for the microMIPS processor. This is equivalent to putting
1297@code{.set micromips} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-mno-micromips}
1298turns off this option. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set nomicromips}
1299at the start of the assembly file.
1300
e16bfa71
TS
1301@item -msmartmips
1302@itemx -mno-smartmips
1303Enables the SmartMIPS extension to the MIPS32 instruction set. This is
1304equivalent to putting @code{.set smartmips} at the start of the assembly file.
1305@samp{-mno-smartmips} turns off this option.
1306
1f25f5d3
CD
1307@item -mips3d
1308@itemx -no-mips3d
1309Generate code for the MIPS-3D Application Specific Extension.
1310This tells the assembler to accept MIPS-3D instructions.
1311@samp{-no-mips3d} turns off this option.
1312
deec1734
CD
1313@item -mdmx
1314@itemx -no-mdmx
1315Generate code for the MDMX Application Specific Extension.
1316This tells the assembler to accept MDMX instructions.
1317@samp{-no-mdmx} turns off this option.
1318
2ef2b9ae
CF
1319@item -mdsp
1320@itemx -mno-dsp
8b082fb1
TS
1321Generate code for the DSP Release 1 Application Specific Extension.
1322This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 1 instructions.
2ef2b9ae
CF
1323@samp{-mno-dsp} turns off this option.
1324
8b082fb1
TS
1325@item -mdspr2
1326@itemx -mno-dspr2
1327Generate code for the DSP Release 2 Application Specific Extension.
1328This option implies -mdsp.
1329This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 2 instructions.
1330@samp{-mno-dspr2} turns off this option.
1331
ef2e4d86
CF
1332@item -mmt
1333@itemx -mno-mt
1334Generate code for the MT Application Specific Extension.
1335This tells the assembler to accept MT instructions.
1336@samp{-mno-mt} turns off this option.
1337
dec0624d
MR
1338@item -mmcu
1339@itemx -mno-mcu
1340Generate code for the MCU Application Specific Extension.
1341This tells the assembler to accept MCU instructions.
1342@samp{-mno-mcu} turns off this option.
1343
833794fc
MR
1344@item -minsn32
1345@itemx -mno-insn32
1346Only use 32-bit instruction encodings when generating code for the
1347microMIPS processor. This option inhibits the use of any 16-bit
1348instructions. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set insn32} at
1349the start of the assembly file. @samp{-mno-insn32} turns off this
1350option. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set noinsn32} at the
1351start of the assembly file. By default @samp{-mno-insn32} is
1352selected, allowing all instructions to be used.
1353
437ee9d5
TS
1354@item --construct-floats
1355@itemx --no-construct-floats
1356The @samp{--no-construct-floats} option disables the construction of
1357double width floating point constants by loading the two halves of the
1358value into the two single width floating point registers that make up
1359the double width register. By default @samp{--construct-floats} is
1360selected, allowing construction of these floating point constants.
252b5132 1361
3bf0dbfb
MR
1362@item --relax-branch
1363@itemx --no-relax-branch
1364The @samp{--relax-branch} option enables the relaxation of out-of-range
1365branches. By default @samp{--no-relax-branch} is selected, causing any
1366out-of-range branches to produce an error.
1367
ba92f887
MR
1368@item -mnan=@var{encoding}
1369Select between the IEEE 754-2008 (@option{-mnan=2008}) or the legacy
1370(@option{-mnan=legacy}) NaN encoding format. The latter is the default.
1371
252b5132
RH
1372@cindex emulation
1373@item --emulation=@var{name}
e8044f35
RS
1374This option was formerly used to switch between ELF and ECOFF output
1375on targets like IRIX 5 that supported both. MIPS ECOFF support was
1376removed in GAS 2.24, so the option now serves little purpose.
1377It is retained for backwards compatibility.
1378
1379The available configuration names are: @samp{mipself}, @samp{mipslelf} and
1380@samp{mipsbelf}. Choosing @samp{mipself} now has no effect, since the output
1381is always ELF. @samp{mipslelf} and @samp{mipsbelf} select little- and
1382big-endian output respectively, but @samp{-EL} and @samp{-EB} are now the
1383preferred options instead.
252b5132
RH
1384
1385@item -nocpp
a4fb0134 1386@command{@value{AS}} ignores this option. It is accepted for compatibility with
252b5132
RH
1387the native tools.
1388
252b5132
RH
1389@item --trap
1390@itemx --no-trap
1391@itemx --break
1392@itemx --no-break
1393Control how to deal with multiplication overflow and division by zero.
1394@samp{--trap} or @samp{--no-break} (which are synonyms) take a trap exception
1395(and only work for Instruction Set Architecture level 2 and higher);
1396@samp{--break} or @samp{--no-trap} (also synonyms, and the default) take a
1397break exception.
63486801
L
1398
1399@item -n
a4fb0134 1400When this option is used, @command{@value{AS}} will issue a warning every
63486801 1401time it generates a nop instruction from a macro.
252b5132
RH
1402@end table
1403@end ifset
1404
1405@ifset MCORE
1406The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1407an MCore processor.
1408
a4fb0134 1409@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1410@item -jsri2bsr
1411@itemx -nojsri2bsr
1412Enable or disable the JSRI to BSR transformation. By default this is enabled.
1413The command line option @samp{-nojsri2bsr} can be used to disable it.
1414
1415@item -sifilter
1416@itemx -nosifilter
1417Enable or disable the silicon filter behaviour. By default this is disabled.
a349d9dd 1418The default can be overridden by the @samp{-sifilter} command line option.
252b5132
RH
1419
1420@item -relax
1421Alter jump instructions for long displacements.
1422
ec694b89
NC
1423@item -mcpu=[210|340]
1424Select the cpu type on the target hardware. This controls which instructions
1425can be assembled.
1426
1427@item -EB
1428Assemble for a big endian target.
1429
1430@item -EL
1431Assemble for a little endian target.
252b5132
RH
1432
1433@end table
1434@end ifset
a3c62988 1435@c man end
252b5132 1436
a3c62988
NC
1437@ifset METAG
1438
1439@ifclear man
1440@xref{Meta Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1441for a Meta processor.
1442@end ifclear
1443
1444@ifset man
1445@c man begin OPTIONS
1446The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1447Meta processor.
1448@c man end
1449@c man begin INCLUDE
1450@include c-metag.texi
1451@c ended inside the included file
1452@end ifset
1453
1454@end ifset
1455
1456@c man begin OPTIONS
3c3bdf30
NC
1457@ifset MMIX
1458See the info pages for documentation of the MMIX-specific options.
1459@end ifset
1460
635fb38d 1461@c man end
b8b738ac
AM
1462@ifset PPC
1463
1464@ifclear man
1465@xref{PowerPC-Opts}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1466for a PowerPC processor.
1467@end ifclear
1468
1469@ifset man
1470@c man begin OPTIONS
1471The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1472PowerPC processor.
1473@c man end
1474@c man begin INCLUDE
1475@include c-ppc.texi
1476@c ended inside the included file
1477@end ifset
1478
1479@end ifset
1480
635fb38d 1481@c man begin OPTIONS
046d31c2
NC
1482@ifset RX
1483See the info pages for documentation of the RX-specific options.
1484@end ifset
1485
11c19e16
MS
1486@ifset S390
1487The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the s390
1488processor family.
1489
1490@table @gcctabopt
1491@item -m31
1492@itemx -m64
1493Select the word size, either 31/32 bits or 64 bits.
1494@item -mesa
1495@item -mzarch
1496Select the architecture mode, either the Enterprise System
1497Architecture (esa) or the z/Architecture mode (zarch).
1498@item -march=@var{processor}
1499Specify which s390 processor variant is the target, @samp{g6}, @samp{g6},
cfc72779
AK
1500@samp{z900}, @samp{z990}, @samp{z9-109}, @samp{z9-ec}, @samp{z10},
1501@samp{z196}, or @samp{zEC12}.
11c19e16
MS
1502@item -mregnames
1503@itemx -mno-regnames
1504Allow or disallow symbolic names for registers.
1505@item -mwarn-areg-zero
1506Warn whenever the operand for a base or index register has been specified
1507but evaluates to zero.
1508@end table
1509@end ifset
2a633939 1510@c man end
11c19e16 1511
40b36596 1512@ifset TIC6X
2a633939
JM
1513
1514@ifclear man
1515@xref{TIC6X Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1516for a TMS320C6000 processor.
1517@end ifclear
1518
1519@ifset man
1520@c man begin OPTIONS
40b36596
JM
1521The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1522TMS320C6000 processor.
2a633939
JM
1523@c man end
1524@c man begin INCLUDE
1525@include c-tic6x.texi
1526@c ended inside the included file
1527@end ifset
40b36596
JM
1528
1529@end ifset
1530
aa137e4d
NC
1531@ifset TILEGX
1532
1533@ifclear man
1534@xref{TILE-Gx Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1535for a TILE-Gx processor.
1536@end ifclear
1537
1538@ifset man
1539@c man begin OPTIONS
1540The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a TILE-Gx
1541processor.
1542@c man end
1543@c man begin INCLUDE
1544@include c-tilegx.texi
1545@c ended inside the included file
1546@end ifset
1547
1548@end ifset
1549
e0001a05 1550@ifset XTENSA
e0001a05 1551
2d8b84ae
SA
1552@ifclear man
1553@xref{Xtensa Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1554for an Xtensa processor.
1555@end ifclear
1556
1557@ifset man
1558@c man begin OPTIONS
1559The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1560Xtensa processor.
1561@c man end
1562@c man begin INCLUDE
1563@include c-xtensa.texi
1564@c ended inside the included file
e0001a05
NC
1565@end ifset
1566
2d8b84ae
SA
1567@end ifset
1568
1569@c man begin OPTIONS
1570
3c9b82ba
NC
1571@ifset Z80
1572The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1573a Z80 family processor.
1574@table @gcctabopt
1575@item -z80
1576Assemble for Z80 processor.
1577@item -r800
1578Assemble for R800 processor.
01642c12 1579@item -ignore-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1580@itemx -Wnud
1581Assemble undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800 without warning.
01642c12 1582@item -ignore-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1583@itemx -Wnup
1584Assemble all undocumented Z80 instructions without warning.
01642c12 1585@item -warn-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1586@itemx -Wud
1587Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800.
01642c12 1588@item -warn-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1589@itemx -Wup
01642c12
RM
1590Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800.
1591@item -forbid-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1592@itemx -Fud
1593Treat all undocumented instructions as errors.
01642c12 1594@item -forbid-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1595@itemx -Fup
b45619c0 1596Treat undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800 as errors.
3c9b82ba
NC
1597@end table
1598@end ifset
1599
0285c67d
NC
1600@c man end
1601
252b5132
RH
1602@menu
1603* Manual:: Structure of this Manual
1604* GNU Assembler:: The GNU Assembler
1605* Object Formats:: Object File Formats
1606* Command Line:: Command Line
1607* Input Files:: Input Files
1608* Object:: Output (Object) File
1609* Errors:: Error and Warning Messages
1610@end menu
1611
1612@node Manual
1613@section Structure of this Manual
1614
1615@cindex manual, structure and purpose
1616This manual is intended to describe what you need to know to use
a4fb0134 1617@sc{gnu} @command{@value{AS}}. We cover the syntax expected in source files, including
252b5132 1618notation for symbols, constants, and expressions; the directives that
a4fb0134 1619@command{@value{AS}} understands; and of course how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1620
1621@ifclear GENERIC
1622We also cover special features in the @value{TARGET}
a4fb0134 1623configuration of @command{@value{AS}}, including assembler directives.
252b5132
RH
1624@end ifclear
1625@ifset GENERIC
1626This manual also describes some of the machine-dependent features of
1627various flavors of the assembler.
1628@end ifset
1629
1630@cindex machine instructions (not covered)
1631On the other hand, this manual is @emph{not} intended as an introduction
1632to programming in assembly language---let alone programming in general!
1633In a similar vein, we make no attempt to introduce the machine
1634architecture; we do @emph{not} describe the instruction set, standard
1635mnemonics, registers or addressing modes that are standard to a
1636particular architecture.
1637@ifset GENERIC
1638You may want to consult the manufacturer's
1639machine architecture manual for this information.
1640@end ifset
1641@ifclear GENERIC
1642@ifset H8/300
1643For information on the H8/300 machine instruction set, see @cite{H8/300
c2dcd04e
NC
1644Series Programming Manual}. For the H8/300H, see @cite{H8/300H Series
1645Programming Manual} (Renesas).
252b5132 1646@end ifset
252b5132 1647@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
1648For information on the Renesas (formerly Hitachi) / SuperH SH machine instruction set,
1649see @cite{SH-Microcomputer User's Manual} (Renesas) or
1650@cite{SH-4 32-bit CPU Core Architecture} (SuperH) and
1651@cite{SuperH (SH) 64-Bit RISC Series} (SuperH).
252b5132
RH
1652@end ifset
1653@ifset Z8000
1654For information on the Z8000 machine instruction set, see @cite{Z8000 CPU Technical Manual}
1655@end ifset
1656@end ifclear
1657
1658@c I think this is premature---doc@cygnus.com, 17jan1991
1659@ignore
1660Throughout this manual, we assume that you are running @dfn{GNU},
1661the portable operating system from the @dfn{Free Software
1662Foundation, Inc.}. This restricts our attention to certain kinds of
1663computer (in particular, the kinds of computers that @sc{gnu} can run on);
1664once this assumption is granted examples and definitions need less
1665qualification.
1666
a4fb0134 1667@command{@value{AS}} is part of a team of programs that turn a high-level
252b5132
RH
1668human-readable series of instructions into a low-level
1669computer-readable series of instructions. Different versions of
a4fb0134 1670@command{@value{AS}} are used for different kinds of computer.
252b5132
RH
1671@end ignore
1672
1673@c There used to be a section "Terminology" here, which defined
1674@c "contents", "byte", "word", and "long". Defining "word" to any
1675@c particular size is confusing when the .word directive may generate 16
1676@c bits on one machine and 32 bits on another; in general, for the user
1677@c version of this manual, none of these terms seem essential to define.
1678@c They were used very little even in the former draft of the manual;
1679@c this draft makes an effort to avoid them (except in names of
1680@c directives).
1681
1682@node GNU Assembler
1683@section The GNU Assembler
1684
0285c67d
NC
1685@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1686
a4fb0134 1687@sc{gnu} @command{as} is really a family of assemblers.
252b5132 1688@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 1689This manual describes @command{@value{AS}}, a member of that family which is
252b5132
RH
1690configured for the @value{TARGET} architectures.
1691@end ifclear
1692If you use (or have used) the @sc{gnu} assembler on one architecture, you
1693should find a fairly similar environment when you use it on another
1694architecture. Each version has much in common with the others,
1695including object file formats, most assembler directives (often called
1696@dfn{pseudo-ops}) and assembler syntax.@refill
1697
1698@cindex purpose of @sc{gnu} assembler
a4fb0134 1699@command{@value{AS}} is primarily intended to assemble the output of the
252b5132 1700@sc{gnu} C compiler @code{@value{GCC}} for use by the linker
a4fb0134 1701@code{@value{LD}}. Nevertheless, we've tried to make @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
1702assemble correctly everything that other assemblers for the same
1703machine would assemble.
1704@ifset VAX
1705Any exceptions are documented explicitly (@pxref{Machine Dependencies}).
1706@end ifset
1707@ifset M680X0
1708@c This remark should appear in generic version of manual; assumption
1709@c here is that generic version sets M680x0.
a4fb0134 1710This doesn't mean @command{@value{AS}} always uses the same syntax as another
252b5132
RH
1711assembler for the same architecture; for example, we know of several
1712incompatible versions of 680x0 assembly language syntax.
1713@end ifset
1714
0285c67d
NC
1715@c man end
1716
a4fb0134 1717Unlike older assemblers, @command{@value{AS}} is designed to assemble a source
252b5132
RH
1718program in one pass of the source file. This has a subtle impact on the
1719@kbd{.org} directive (@pxref{Org,,@code{.org}}).
1720
1721@node Object Formats
1722@section Object File Formats
1723
1724@cindex object file format
1725The @sc{gnu} assembler can be configured to produce several alternative
1726object file formats. For the most part, this does not affect how you
1727write assembly language programs; but directives for debugging symbols
1728are typically different in different file formats. @xref{Symbol
1729Attributes,,Symbol Attributes}.
1730@ifclear GENERIC
1731@ifclear MULTI-OBJ
c1253627 1732For the @value{TARGET} target, @command{@value{AS}} is configured to produce
252b5132
RH
1733@value{OBJ-NAME} format object files.
1734@end ifclear
1735@c The following should exhaust all configs that set MULTI-OBJ, ideally
252b5132 1736@ifset I960
a4fb0134 1737On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1738@code{b.out} or COFF format object files.
1739@end ifset
1740@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134 1741On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1742SOM or ELF format object files.
1743@end ifset
1744@end ifclear
1745
1746@node Command Line
1747@section Command Line
1748
1749@cindex command line conventions
0285c67d 1750
a4fb0134 1751After the program name @command{@value{AS}}, the command line may contain
252b5132
RH
1752options and file names. Options may appear in any order, and may be
1753before, after, or between file names. The order of file names is
1754significant.
1755
1756@cindex standard input, as input file
1757@kindex --
1758@file{--} (two hyphens) by itself names the standard input file
a4fb0134 1759explicitly, as one of the files for @command{@value{AS}} to assemble.
252b5132
RH
1760
1761@cindex options, command line
1762Except for @samp{--} any command line argument that begins with a
1763hyphen (@samp{-}) is an option. Each option changes the behavior of
a4fb0134 1764@command{@value{AS}}. No option changes the way another option works. An
252b5132
RH
1765option is a @samp{-} followed by one or more letters; the case of
1766the letter is important. All options are optional.
1767
1768Some options expect exactly one file name to follow them. The file
1769name may either immediately follow the option's letter (compatible
1770with older assemblers) or it may be the next command argument (@sc{gnu}
1771standard). These two command lines are equivalent:
1772
1773@smallexample
1774@value{AS} -o my-object-file.o mumble.s
1775@value{AS} -omy-object-file.o mumble.s
1776@end smallexample
1777
1778@node Input Files
1779@section Input Files
1780
1781@cindex input
1782@cindex source program
1783@cindex files, input
1784We use the phrase @dfn{source program}, abbreviated @dfn{source}, to
a4fb0134 1785describe the program input to one run of @command{@value{AS}}. The program may
252b5132
RH
1786be in one or more files; how the source is partitioned into files
1787doesn't change the meaning of the source.
1788
1789@c I added "con" prefix to "catenation" just to prove I can overcome my
1790@c APL training... doc@cygnus.com
1791The source program is a concatenation of the text in all the files, in the
1792order specified.
1793
0285c67d 1794@c man begin DESCRIPTION
a4fb0134 1795Each time you run @command{@value{AS}} it assembles exactly one source
252b5132
RH
1796program. The source program is made up of one or more files.
1797(The standard input is also a file.)
1798
a4fb0134 1799You give @command{@value{AS}} a command line that has zero or more input file
252b5132
RH
1800names. The input files are read (from left file name to right). A
1801command line argument (in any position) that has no special meaning
1802is taken to be an input file name.
1803
a4fb0134
SC
1804If you give @command{@value{AS}} no file names it attempts to read one input file
1805from the @command{@value{AS}} standard input, which is normally your terminal. You
1806may have to type @key{ctl-D} to tell @command{@value{AS}} there is no more program
252b5132
RH
1807to assemble.
1808
1809Use @samp{--} if you need to explicitly name the standard input file
1810in your command line.
1811
a4fb0134 1812If the source is empty, @command{@value{AS}} produces a small, empty object
252b5132
RH
1813file.
1814
0285c67d
NC
1815@c man end
1816
252b5132
RH
1817@subheading Filenames and Line-numbers
1818
1819@cindex input file linenumbers
1820@cindex line numbers, in input files
1821There are two ways of locating a line in the input file (or files) and
1822either may be used in reporting error messages. One way refers to a line
1823number in a physical file; the other refers to a line number in a
1824``logical'' file. @xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
1825
1826@dfn{Physical files} are those files named in the command line given
a4fb0134 1827to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1828
1829@dfn{Logical files} are simply names declared explicitly by assembler
1830directives; they bear no relation to physical files. Logical file names help
a4fb0134
SC
1831error messages reflect the original source file, when @command{@value{AS}} source
1832is itself synthesized from other files. @command{@value{AS}} understands the
252b5132
RH
1833@samp{#} directives emitted by the @code{@value{GCC}} preprocessor. See also
1834@ref{File,,@code{.file}}.
1835
1836@node Object
1837@section Output (Object) File
1838
1839@cindex object file
1840@cindex output file
1841@kindex a.out
1842@kindex .o
a4fb0134 1843Every time you run @command{@value{AS}} it produces an output file, which is
252b5132
RH
1844your assembly language program translated into numbers. This file
1845is the object file. Its default name is
1846@ifclear BOUT
1847@code{a.out}.
1848@end ifclear
1849@ifset BOUT
1850@ifset GENERIC
01642c12 1851@code{a.out}, or
252b5132 1852@end ifset
a4fb0134 1853@code{b.out} when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for the Intel 80960.
252b5132 1854@end ifset
a4fb0134 1855You can give it another name by using the @option{-o} option. Conventionally,
252b5132
RH
1856object file names end with @file{.o}. The default name is used for historical
1857reasons: older assemblers were capable of assembling self-contained programs
1858directly into a runnable program. (For some formats, this isn't currently
1859possible, but it can be done for the @code{a.out} format.)
1860
1861@cindex linker
1862@kindex ld
1863The object file is meant for input to the linker @code{@value{LD}}. It contains
1864assembled program code, information to help @code{@value{LD}} integrate
1865the assembled program into a runnable file, and (optionally) symbolic
1866information for the debugger.
1867
1868@c link above to some info file(s) like the description of a.out.
1869@c don't forget to describe @sc{gnu} info as well as Unix lossage.
1870
1871@node Errors
1872@section Error and Warning Messages
1873
0285c67d
NC
1874@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1875
a349d9dd 1876@cindex error messages
252b5132
RH
1877@cindex warning messages
1878@cindex messages from assembler
a4fb0134 1879@command{@value{AS}} may write warnings and error messages to the standard error
252b5132 1880file (usually your terminal). This should not happen when a compiler
a4fb0134
SC
1881runs @command{@value{AS}} automatically. Warnings report an assumption made so
1882that @command{@value{AS}} could keep assembling a flawed program; errors report a
252b5132
RH
1883grave problem that stops the assembly.
1884
0285c67d
NC
1885@c man end
1886
252b5132
RH
1887@cindex format of warning messages
1888Warning messages have the format
1889
1890@smallexample
1891file_name:@b{NNN}:Warning Message Text
1892@end smallexample
1893
1894@noindent
1895@cindex line numbers, in warnings/errors
1896(where @b{NNN} is a line number). If a logical file name has been given
1897(@pxref{File,,@code{.file}}) it is used for the filename, otherwise the name of
1898the current input file is used. If a logical line number was given
1899@ifset GENERIC
1900(@pxref{Line,,@code{.line}})
1901@end ifset
252b5132
RH
1902then it is used to calculate the number printed,
1903otherwise the actual line in the current source file is printed. The
1904message text is intended to be self explanatory (in the grand Unix
1905tradition).
1906
1907@cindex format of error messages
1908Error messages have the format
1909@smallexample
1910file_name:@b{NNN}:FATAL:Error Message Text
1911@end smallexample
1912The file name and line number are derived as for warning
1913messages. The actual message text may be rather less explanatory
1914because many of them aren't supposed to happen.
1915
1916@node Invoking
1917@chapter Command-Line Options
1918
1919@cindex options, all versions of assembler
1920This chapter describes command-line options available in @emph{all}
96e9638b
BW
1921versions of the @sc{gnu} assembler; see @ref{Machine Dependencies},
1922for options specific
252b5132 1923@ifclear GENERIC
c1253627 1924to the @value{TARGET} target.
252b5132
RH
1925@end ifclear
1926@ifset GENERIC
1927to particular machine architectures.
1928@end ifset
1929
0285c67d
NC
1930@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1931
c1253627 1932If you are invoking @command{@value{AS}} via the @sc{gnu} C compiler,
252b5132
RH
1933you can use the @samp{-Wa} option to pass arguments through to the assembler.
1934The assembler arguments must be separated from each other (and the @samp{-Wa})
1935by commas. For example:
1936
1937@smallexample
1938gcc -c -g -O -Wa,-alh,-L file.c
1939@end smallexample
1940
1941@noindent
1942This passes two options to the assembler: @samp{-alh} (emit a listing to
5f5e16be 1943standard output with high-level and assembly source) and @samp{-L} (retain
252b5132
RH
1944local symbols in the symbol table).
1945
1946Usually you do not need to use this @samp{-Wa} mechanism, since many compiler
1947command-line options are automatically passed to the assembler by the compiler.
1948(You can call the @sc{gnu} compiler driver with the @samp{-v} option to see
1949precisely what options it passes to each compilation pass, including the
1950assembler.)
1951
0285c67d
NC
1952@c man end
1953
252b5132 1954@menu
83f10cb2 1955* a:: -a[cdghlns] enable listings
caa32fe5 1956* alternate:: --alternate enable alternate macro syntax
252b5132
RH
1957* D:: -D for compatibility
1958* f:: -f to work faster
1959* I:: -I for .include search path
1960@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1961* K:: -K for compatibility
1962@end ifclear
1963@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1964* K:: -K for difference tables
1965@end ifset
1966
ba83aca1 1967* L:: -L to retain local symbols
c3a27914 1968* listing:: --listing-XXX to configure listing output
252b5132
RH
1969* M:: -M or --mri to assemble in MRI compatibility mode
1970* MD:: --MD for dependency tracking
1971* o:: -o to name the object file
1972* R:: -R to join data and text sections
1973* statistics:: --statistics to see statistics about assembly
1974* traditional-format:: --traditional-format for compatible output
1975* v:: -v to announce version
2bdd6cf5 1976* W:: -W, --no-warn, --warn, --fatal-warnings to control warnings
252b5132
RH
1977* Z:: -Z to make object file even after errors
1978@end menu
1979
1980@node a
83f10cb2 1981@section Enable Listings: @option{-a[cdghlns]}
252b5132
RH
1982
1983@kindex -a
1984@kindex -ac
1985@kindex -ad
83f10cb2 1986@kindex -ag
252b5132
RH
1987@kindex -ah
1988@kindex -al
1989@kindex -an
1990@kindex -as
1991@cindex listings, enabling
1992@cindex assembly listings, enabling
1993
1994These options enable listing output from the assembler. By itself,
1995@samp{-a} requests high-level, assembly, and symbols listing.
1996You can use other letters to select specific options for the list:
1997@samp{-ah} requests a high-level language listing,
1998@samp{-al} requests an output-program assembly listing, and
1999@samp{-as} requests a symbol table listing.
2000High-level listings require that a compiler debugging option like
2001@samp{-g} be used, and that assembly listings (@samp{-al}) be requested
2002also.
2003
83f10cb2
NC
2004Use the @samp{-ag} option to print a first section with general assembly
2005information, like @value{AS} version, switches passed, or time stamp.
2006
252b5132
RH
2007Use the @samp{-ac} option to omit false conditionals from a listing. Any lines
2008which are not assembled because of a false @code{.if} (or @code{.ifdef}, or any
2009other conditional), or a true @code{.if} followed by an @code{.else}, will be
2010omitted from the listing.
2011
2012Use the @samp{-ad} option to omit debugging directives from the
2013listing.
2014
2015Once you have specified one of these options, you can further control
2016listing output and its appearance using the directives @code{.list},
2017@code{.nolist}, @code{.psize}, @code{.eject}, @code{.title}, and
2018@code{.sbttl}.
2019The @samp{-an} option turns off all forms processing.
2020If you do not request listing output with one of the @samp{-a} options, the
2021listing-control directives have no effect.
2022
2023The letters after @samp{-a} may be combined into one option,
2024@emph{e.g.}, @samp{-aln}.
2025
96e9638b
BW
2026Note if the assembler source is coming from the standard input (e.g.,
2027because it
c3a27914
NC
2028is being created by @code{@value{GCC}} and the @samp{-pipe} command line switch
2029is being used) then the listing will not contain any comments or preprocessor
2030directives. This is because the listing code buffers input source lines from
2031stdin only after they have been preprocessed by the assembler. This reduces
2032memory usage and makes the code more efficient.
2033
caa32fe5
NC
2034@node alternate
2035@section @option{--alternate}
2036
2037@kindex --alternate
2038Begin in alternate macro mode, see @ref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
2039
252b5132 2040@node D
a4fb0134 2041@section @option{-D}
252b5132
RH
2042
2043@kindex -D
2044This option has no effect whatsoever, but it is accepted to make it more
2045likely that scripts written for other assemblers also work with
a4fb0134 2046@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2047
2048@node f
a4fb0134 2049@section Work Faster: @option{-f}
252b5132
RH
2050
2051@kindex -f
2052@cindex trusted compiler
a4fb0134 2053@cindex faster processing (@option{-f})
252b5132
RH
2054@samp{-f} should only be used when assembling programs written by a
2055(trusted) compiler. @samp{-f} stops the assembler from doing whitespace
2056and comment preprocessing on
2057the input file(s) before assembling them. @xref{Preprocessing,
2058,Preprocessing}.
2059
2060@quotation
2061@emph{Warning:} if you use @samp{-f} when the files actually need to be
a4fb0134 2062preprocessed (if they contain comments, for example), @command{@value{AS}} does
252b5132
RH
2063not work correctly.
2064@end quotation
2065
2066@node I
c1253627 2067@section @code{.include} Search Path: @option{-I} @var{path}
252b5132
RH
2068
2069@kindex -I @var{path}
2070@cindex paths for @code{.include}
2071@cindex search path for @code{.include}
2072@cindex @code{include} directive search path
2073Use this option to add a @var{path} to the list of directories
a4fb0134
SC
2074@command{@value{AS}} searches for files specified in @code{.include}
2075directives (@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You may use @option{-I} as
252b5132 2076many times as necessary to include a variety of paths. The current
a4fb0134 2077working directory is always searched first; after that, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2078searches any @samp{-I} directories in the same order as they were
2079specified (left to right) on the command line.
2080
2081@node K
a4fb0134 2082@section Difference Tables: @option{-K}
252b5132
RH
2083
2084@kindex -K
2085@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2086On the @value{TARGET} family, this option is allowed, but has no effect. It is
2087permitted for compatibility with the @sc{gnu} assembler on other platforms,
2088where it can be used to warn when the assembler alters the machine code
2089generated for @samp{.word} directives in difference tables. The @value{TARGET}
2090family does not have the addressing limitations that sometimes lead to this
2091alteration on other platforms.
2092@end ifclear
2093
2094@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2095@cindex difference tables, warning
2096@cindex warning for altered difference tables
96e9638b
BW
2097@command{@value{AS}} sometimes alters the code emitted for directives of the
2098form @samp{.word @var{sym1}-@var{sym2}}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
252b5132
RH
2099You can use the @samp{-K} option if you want a warning issued when this
2100is done.
2101@end ifset
2102
2103@node L
ba83aca1 2104@section Include Local Symbols: @option{-L}
252b5132
RH
2105
2106@kindex -L
ba83aca1
BW
2107@cindex local symbols, retaining in output
2108Symbols beginning with system-specific local label prefixes, typically
2109@samp{.L} for ELF systems or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, are
2110called @dfn{local symbols}. @xref{Symbol Names}. Normally you do not see
2111such symbols when debugging, because they are intended for the use of
2112programs (like compilers) that compose assembler programs, not for your
2113notice. Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} discard
2114such symbols, so you do not normally debug with them.
2115
2116This option tells @command{@value{AS}} to retain those local symbols
252b5132 2117in the object file. Usually if you do this you also tell the linker
ba83aca1 2118@code{@value{LD}} to preserve those symbols.
252b5132 2119
c3a27914 2120@node listing
a4fb0134 2121@section Configuring listing output: @option{--listing}
c3a27914
NC
2122
2123The listing feature of the assembler can be enabled via the command line switch
2124@samp{-a} (@pxref{a}). This feature combines the input source file(s) with a
2125hex dump of the corresponding locations in the output object file, and displays
96e9638b
BW
2126them as a listing file. The format of this listing can be controlled by
2127directives inside the assembler source (i.e., @code{.list} (@pxref{List}),
2128@code{.title} (@pxref{Title}), @code{.sbttl} (@pxref{Sbttl}),
2129@code{.psize} (@pxref{Psize}), and
2130@code{.eject} (@pxref{Eject}) and also by the following switches:
c3a27914 2131
a4fb0134 2132@table @gcctabopt
c3a27914
NC
2133@item --listing-lhs-width=@samp{number}
2134@kindex --listing-lhs-width
2135@cindex Width of first line disassembly output
2136Sets the maximum width, in words, of the first line of the hex byte dump. This
2137dump appears on the left hand side of the listing output.
2138
2139@item --listing-lhs-width2=@samp{number}
2140@kindex --listing-lhs-width2
2141@cindex Width of continuation lines of disassembly output
2142Sets the maximum width, in words, of any further lines of the hex byte dump for
8dfa0188 2143a given input source line. If this value is not specified, it defaults to being
c3a27914
NC
2144the same as the value specified for @samp{--listing-lhs-width}. If neither
2145switch is used the default is to one.
2146
2147@item --listing-rhs-width=@samp{number}
2148@kindex --listing-rhs-width
2149@cindex Width of source line output
2150Sets the maximum width, in characters, of the source line that is displayed
2151alongside the hex dump. The default value for this parameter is 100. The
2152source line is displayed on the right hand side of the listing output.
2153
2154@item --listing-cont-lines=@samp{number}
2155@kindex --listing-cont-lines
2156@cindex Maximum number of continuation lines
2157Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex dump that will be
2158displayed for a given single line of source input. The default value is 4.
2159@end table
2160
252b5132 2161@node M
a4fb0134 2162@section Assemble in MRI Compatibility Mode: @option{-M}
252b5132
RH
2163
2164@kindex -M
2165@cindex MRI compatibility mode
a4fb0134
SC
2166The @option{-M} or @option{--mri} option selects MRI compatibility mode. This
2167changes the syntax and pseudo-op handling of @command{@value{AS}} to make it
252b5132
RH
2168compatible with the @code{ASM68K} or the @code{ASM960} (depending upon the
2169configured target) assembler from Microtec Research. The exact nature of the
2170MRI syntax will not be documented here; see the MRI manuals for more
2171information. Note in particular that the handling of macros and macro
2172arguments is somewhat different. The purpose of this option is to permit
a4fb0134 2173assembling existing MRI assembler code using @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2174
2175The MRI compatibility is not complete. Certain operations of the MRI assembler
2176depend upon its object file format, and can not be supported using other object
2177file formats. Supporting these would require enhancing each object file format
2178individually. These are:
2179
2180@itemize @bullet
2181@item global symbols in common section
2182
2183The m68k MRI assembler supports common sections which are merged by the linker.
a4fb0134 2184Other object file formats do not support this. @command{@value{AS}} handles
252b5132
RH
2185common sections by treating them as a single common symbol. It permits local
2186symbols to be defined within a common section, but it can not support global
2187symbols, since it has no way to describe them.
2188
2189@item complex relocations
2190
2191The MRI assemblers support relocations against a negated section address, and
2192relocations which combine the start addresses of two or more sections. These
2193are not support by other object file formats.
2194
2195@item @code{END} pseudo-op specifying start address
2196
2197The MRI @code{END} pseudo-op permits the specification of a start address.
2198This is not supported by other object file formats. The start address may
a4fb0134 2199instead be specified using the @option{-e} option to the linker, or in a linker
252b5132
RH
2200script.
2201
2202@item @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops
2203
2204The MRI @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops assign a module
2205name to the output file. This is not supported by other object file formats.
2206
2207@item @code{ORG} pseudo-op
2208
2209The m68k MRI @code{ORG} pseudo-op begins an absolute section at a given
a4fb0134 2210address. This differs from the usual @command{@value{AS}} @code{.org} pseudo-op,
252b5132
RH
2211which changes the location within the current section. Absolute sections are
2212not supported by other object file formats. The address of a section may be
2213assigned within a linker script.
2214@end itemize
2215
2216There are some other features of the MRI assembler which are not supported by
a4fb0134 2217@command{@value{AS}}, typically either because they are difficult or because they
252b5132
RH
2218seem of little consequence. Some of these may be supported in future releases.
2219
2220@itemize @bullet
2221
2222@item EBCDIC strings
2223
2224EBCDIC strings are not supported.
2225
2226@item packed binary coded decimal
2227
2228Packed binary coded decimal is not supported. This means that the @code{DC.P}
2229and @code{DCB.P} pseudo-ops are not supported.
2230
2231@item @code{FEQU} pseudo-op
2232
2233The m68k @code{FEQU} pseudo-op is not supported.
2234
2235@item @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op
2236
2237The m68k @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op is not supported.
2238
2239@item @code{OPT} branch control options
2240
2241The m68k @code{OPT} branch control options---@code{B}, @code{BRS}, @code{BRB},
a4fb0134 2242@code{BRL}, and @code{BRW}---are ignored. @command{@value{AS}} automatically
252b5132
RH
2243relaxes all branches, whether forward or backward, to an appropriate size, so
2244these options serve no purpose.
2245
2246@item @code{OPT} list control options
2247
2248The following m68k @code{OPT} list control options are ignored: @code{C},
2249@code{CEX}, @code{CL}, @code{CRE}, @code{E}, @code{G}, @code{I}, @code{M},
2250@code{MEX}, @code{MC}, @code{MD}, @code{X}.
2251
2252@item other @code{OPT} options
2253
2254The following m68k @code{OPT} options are ignored: @code{NEST}, @code{O},
2255@code{OLD}, @code{OP}, @code{P}, @code{PCO}, @code{PCR}, @code{PCS}, @code{R}.
2256
2257@item @code{OPT} @code{D} option is default
2258
2259The m68k @code{OPT} @code{D} option is the default, unlike the MRI assembler.
2260@code{OPT NOD} may be used to turn it off.
2261
2262@item @code{XREF} pseudo-op.
2263
2264The m68k @code{XREF} pseudo-op is ignored.
2265
2266@item @code{.debug} pseudo-op
2267
2268The i960 @code{.debug} pseudo-op is not supported.
2269
2270@item @code{.extended} pseudo-op
2271
2272The i960 @code{.extended} pseudo-op is not supported.
2273
2274@item @code{.list} pseudo-op.
2275
2276The various options of the i960 @code{.list} pseudo-op are not supported.
2277
2278@item @code{.optimize} pseudo-op
2279
2280The i960 @code{.optimize} pseudo-op is not supported.
2281
2282@item @code{.output} pseudo-op
2283
2284The i960 @code{.output} pseudo-op is not supported.
2285
2286@item @code{.setreal} pseudo-op
2287
2288The i960 @code{.setreal} pseudo-op is not supported.
2289
2290@end itemize
2291
2292@node MD
c1253627 2293@section Dependency Tracking: @option{--MD}
252b5132
RH
2294
2295@kindex --MD
2296@cindex dependency tracking
2297@cindex make rules
2298
a4fb0134 2299@command{@value{AS}} can generate a dependency file for the file it creates. This
252b5132
RH
2300file consists of a single rule suitable for @code{make} describing the
2301dependencies of the main source file.
2302
2303The rule is written to the file named in its argument.
2304
2305This feature is used in the automatic updating of makefiles.
2306
2307@node o
a4fb0134 2308@section Name the Object File: @option{-o}
252b5132
RH
2309
2310@kindex -o
2311@cindex naming object file
2312@cindex object file name
a4fb0134 2313There is always one object file output when you run @command{@value{AS}}. By
252b5132
RH
2314default it has the name
2315@ifset GENERIC
2316@ifset I960
2317@file{a.out} (or @file{b.out}, for Intel 960 targets only).
2318@end ifset
2319@ifclear I960
2320@file{a.out}.
2321@end ifclear
2322@end ifset
2323@ifclear GENERIC
2324@ifset I960
2325@file{b.out}.
2326@end ifset
2327@ifclear I960
2328@file{a.out}.
2329@end ifclear
2330@end ifclear
2331You use this option (which takes exactly one filename) to give the
2332object file a different name.
2333
a4fb0134 2334Whatever the object file is called, @command{@value{AS}} overwrites any
252b5132
RH
2335existing file of the same name.
2336
2337@node R
a4fb0134 2338@section Join Data and Text Sections: @option{-R}
252b5132
RH
2339
2340@kindex -R
2341@cindex data and text sections, joining
2342@cindex text and data sections, joining
2343@cindex joining text and data sections
2344@cindex merging text and data sections
a4fb0134 2345@option{-R} tells @command{@value{AS}} to write the object file as if all
252b5132
RH
2346data-section data lives in the text section. This is only done at
2347the very last moment: your binary data are the same, but data
2348section parts are relocated differently. The data section part of
2349your object file is zero bytes long because all its bytes are
2350appended to the text section. (@xref{Sections,,Sections and Relocation}.)
2351
a4fb0134 2352When you specify @option{-R} it would be possible to generate shorter
252b5132
RH
2353address displacements (because we do not have to cross between text and
2354data section). We refrain from doing this simply for compatibility with
a4fb0134 2355older versions of @command{@value{AS}}. In future, @option{-R} may work this way.
252b5132 2356
c1253627
NC
2357@ifset COFF-ELF
2358When @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF or ELF output,
252b5132
RH
2359this option is only useful if you use sections named @samp{.text} and
2360@samp{.data}.
2361@end ifset
2362
2363@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134
SC
2364@option{-R} is not supported for any of the HPPA targets. Using
2365@option{-R} generates a warning from @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2366@end ifset
2367
2368@node statistics
a4fb0134 2369@section Display Assembly Statistics: @option{--statistics}
252b5132
RH
2370
2371@kindex --statistics
2372@cindex statistics, about assembly
2373@cindex time, total for assembly
2374@cindex space used, maximum for assembly
2375Use @samp{--statistics} to display two statistics about the resources used by
a4fb0134 2376@command{@value{AS}}: the maximum amount of space allocated during the assembly
252b5132
RH
2377(in bytes), and the total execution time taken for the assembly (in @sc{cpu}
2378seconds).
2379
2380@node traditional-format
c1253627 2381@section Compatible Output: @option{--traditional-format}
252b5132
RH
2382
2383@kindex --traditional-format
a4fb0134 2384For some targets, the output of @command{@value{AS}} is different in some ways
252b5132 2385from the output of some existing assembler. This switch requests
a4fb0134 2386@command{@value{AS}} to use the traditional format instead.
252b5132
RH
2387
2388For example, it disables the exception frame optimizations which
a4fb0134 2389@command{@value{AS}} normally does by default on @code{@value{GCC}} output.
252b5132
RH
2390
2391@node v
a4fb0134 2392@section Announce Version: @option{-v}
252b5132
RH
2393
2394@kindex -v
2395@kindex -version
2396@cindex assembler version
2397@cindex version of assembler
2398You can find out what version of as is running by including the
2399option @samp{-v} (which you can also spell as @samp{-version}) on the
2400command line.
2401
2402@node W
a4fb0134 2403@section Control Warnings: @option{-W}, @option{--warn}, @option{--no-warn}, @option{--fatal-warnings}
252b5132 2404
a4fb0134 2405@command{@value{AS}} should never give a warning or error message when
252b5132 2406assembling compiler output. But programs written by people often
a4fb0134 2407cause @command{@value{AS}} to give a warning that a particular assumption was
252b5132 2408made. All such warnings are directed to the standard error file.
2bdd6cf5 2409
c1253627
NC
2410@kindex -W
2411@kindex --no-warn
2bdd6cf5
GK
2412@cindex suppressing warnings
2413@cindex warnings, suppressing
a4fb0134 2414If you use the @option{-W} and @option{--no-warn} options, no warnings are issued.
2bdd6cf5 2415This only affects the warning messages: it does not change any particular of
a4fb0134 2416how @command{@value{AS}} assembles your file. Errors, which stop the assembly,
2bdd6cf5
GK
2417are still reported.
2418
c1253627 2419@kindex --fatal-warnings
2bdd6cf5
GK
2420@cindex errors, caused by warnings
2421@cindex warnings, causing error
a4fb0134 2422If you use the @option{--fatal-warnings} option, @command{@value{AS}} considers
2bdd6cf5
GK
2423files that generate warnings to be in error.
2424
c1253627 2425@kindex --warn
2bdd6cf5 2426@cindex warnings, switching on
a4fb0134 2427You can switch these options off again by specifying @option{--warn}, which
2bdd6cf5 2428causes warnings to be output as usual.
252b5132
RH
2429
2430@node Z
a4fb0134 2431@section Generate Object File in Spite of Errors: @option{-Z}
252b5132
RH
2432@cindex object file, after errors
2433@cindex errors, continuing after
a4fb0134 2434After an error message, @command{@value{AS}} normally produces no output. If for
252b5132 2435some reason you are interested in object file output even after
a4fb0134
SC
2436@command{@value{AS}} gives an error message on your program, use the @samp{-Z}
2437option. If there are any errors, @command{@value{AS}} continues anyways, and
252b5132
RH
2438writes an object file after a final warning message of the form @samp{@var{n}
2439errors, @var{m} warnings, generating bad object file.}
2440
2441@node Syntax
2442@chapter Syntax
2443
2444@cindex machine-independent syntax
2445@cindex syntax, machine-independent
2446This chapter describes the machine-independent syntax allowed in a
a4fb0134 2447source file. @command{@value{AS}} syntax is similar to what many other
252b5132
RH
2448assemblers use; it is inspired by the BSD 4.2
2449@ifclear VAX
2450assembler.
2451@end ifclear
2452@ifset VAX
a4fb0134 2453assembler, except that @command{@value{AS}} does not assemble Vax bit-fields.
252b5132
RH
2454@end ifset
2455
2456@menu
7c31ae13 2457* Preprocessing:: Preprocessing
252b5132
RH
2458* Whitespace:: Whitespace
2459* Comments:: Comments
2460* Symbol Intro:: Symbols
2461* Statements:: Statements
2462* Constants:: Constants
2463@end menu
2464
2465@node Preprocessing
2466@section Preprocessing
2467
2468@cindex preprocessing
a4fb0134 2469The @command{@value{AS}} internal preprocessor:
252b5132
RH
2470@itemize @bullet
2471@cindex whitespace, removed by preprocessor
2472@item
2473adjusts and removes extra whitespace. It leaves one space or tab before
2474the keywords on a line, and turns any other whitespace on the line into
2475a single space.
2476
2477@cindex comments, removed by preprocessor
2478@item
2479removes all comments, replacing them with a single space, or an
2480appropriate number of newlines.
2481
2482@cindex constants, converted by preprocessor
2483@item
2484converts character constants into the appropriate numeric values.
2485@end itemize
2486
2487It does not do macro processing, include file handling, or
2488anything else you may get from your C compiler's preprocessor. You can
2489do include file processing with the @code{.include} directive
2490(@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You can use the @sc{gnu} C compiler driver
c1253627 2491to get other ``CPP'' style preprocessing by giving the input file a
96e9638b 2492@samp{.S} suffix. @xref{Overall Options, ,Options Controlling the Kind of
252b5132
RH
2493Output, gcc.info, Using GNU CC}.
2494
2495Excess whitespace, comments, and character constants
2496cannot be used in the portions of the input text that are not
2497preprocessed.
2498
2499@cindex turning preprocessing on and off
2500@cindex preprocessing, turning on and off
2501@kindex #NO_APP
2502@kindex #APP
2503If the first line of an input file is @code{#NO_APP} or if you use the
2504@samp{-f} option, whitespace and comments are not removed from the input file.
2505Within an input file, you can ask for whitespace and comment removal in
2506specific portions of the by putting a line that says @code{#APP} before the
2507text that may contain whitespace or comments, and putting a line that says
2508@code{#NO_APP} after this text. This feature is mainly intend to support
2509@code{asm} statements in compilers whose output is otherwise free of comments
2510and whitespace.
2511
2512@node Whitespace
2513@section Whitespace
2514
2515@cindex whitespace
2516@dfn{Whitespace} is one or more blanks or tabs, in any order.
2517Whitespace is used to separate symbols, and to make programs neater for
2518people to read. Unless within character constants
2519(@pxref{Characters,,Character Constants}), any whitespace means the same
2520as exactly one space.
2521
2522@node Comments
2523@section Comments
2524
2525@cindex comments
a4fb0134 2526There are two ways of rendering comments to @command{@value{AS}}. In both
252b5132
RH
2527cases the comment is equivalent to one space.
2528
2529Anything from @samp{/*} through the next @samp{*/} is a comment.
2530This means you may not nest these comments.
2531
2532@smallexample
2533/*
2534 The only way to include a newline ('\n') in a comment
2535 is to use this sort of comment.
2536*/
2537
2538/* This sort of comment does not nest. */
2539@end smallexample
2540
2541@cindex line comment character
7c31ae13
NC
2542Anything from a @dfn{line comment} character up to the next newline is
2543considered a comment and is ignored. The line comment character is target
2544specific, and some targets multiple comment characters. Some targets also have
2545line comment characters that only work if they are the first character on a
2546line. Some targets use a sequence of two characters to introduce a line
2547comment. Some targets can also change their line comment characters depending
2548upon command line options that have been used. For more details see the
2549@emph{Syntax} section in the documentation for individual targets.
2550
2551If the line comment character is the hash sign (@samp{#}) then it still has the
2552special ability to enable and disable preprocessing (@pxref{Preprocessing}) and
2553to specify logical line numbers:
252b5132
RH
2554
2555@kindex #
2556@cindex lines starting with @code{#}
2557@cindex logical line numbers
2558To be compatible with past assemblers, lines that begin with @samp{#} have a
2559special interpretation. Following the @samp{#} should be an absolute
2560expression (@pxref{Expressions}): the logical line number of the @emph{next}
96e9638b 2561line. Then a string (@pxref{Strings, ,Strings}) is allowed: if present it is a
252b5132
RH
2562new logical file name. The rest of the line, if any, should be whitespace.
2563
2564If the first non-whitespace characters on the line are not numeric,
2565the line is ignored. (Just like a comment.)
2566
2567@smallexample
2568 # This is an ordinary comment.
2569# 42-6 "new_file_name" # New logical file name
2570 # This is logical line # 36.
2571@end smallexample
2572This feature is deprecated, and may disappear from future versions
a4fb0134 2573of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2574
2575@node Symbol Intro
2576@section Symbols
2577
2578@cindex characters used in symbols
2579@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
2580A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2581letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2582@samp{_.$}.
2583@end ifclear
2584@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
2585@ifclear GENERIC
2586@ifset H8
2587A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2588letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2589@samp{._$}. (Save that, on the H8/300 only, you may not use @samp{$} in
2590symbol names.)
2591@end ifset
2592@end ifclear
2593@end ifset
2594@ifset GENERIC
2595On most machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions
2596are noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}.
2597@end ifset
2598No symbol may begin with a digit. Case is significant.
7bfd842d
NC
2599There is no length limit: all characters are significant. Multibyte characters
2600are supported. Symbols are delimited by characters not in that set, or by the
2601beginning of a file (since the source program must end with a newline, the end
2602of a file is not a possible symbol delimiter). @xref{Symbols}.
252b5132
RH
2603@cindex length of symbols
2604
2605@node Statements
2606@section Statements
2607
2608@cindex statements, structure of
2609@cindex line separator character
2610@cindex statement separator character
7c31ae13
NC
2611
2612A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or a
2613@dfn{line separator character}. The line separator character is target
2614specific and described in the @emph{Syntax} section of each
2615target's documentation. Not all targets support a line separator character.
2616The newline or line separator character is considered to be part of the
2617preceding statement. Newlines and separators within character constants are an
252b5132 2618exception: they do not end statements.
252b5132
RH
2619
2620@cindex newline, required at file end
2621@cindex EOF, newline must precede
2622It is an error to end any statement with end-of-file: the last
2623character of any input file should be a newline.@refill
2624
2625An empty statement is allowed, and may include whitespace. It is ignored.
2626
2627@cindex instructions and directives
2628@cindex directives and instructions
2629@c "key symbol" is not used elsewhere in the document; seems pedantic to
2630@c @defn{} it in that case, as was done previously... doc@cygnus.com,
2631@c 13feb91.
2632A statement begins with zero or more labels, optionally followed by a
2633key symbol which determines what kind of statement it is. The key
2634symbol determines the syntax of the rest of the statement. If the
2635symbol begins with a dot @samp{.} then the statement is an assembler
2636directive: typically valid for any computer. If the symbol begins with
2637a letter the statement is an assembly language @dfn{instruction}: it
2638assembles into a machine language instruction.
2639@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2640Different versions of @command{@value{AS}} for different computers
252b5132
RH
2641recognize different instructions. In fact, the same symbol may
2642represent a different instruction in a different computer's assembly
2643language.@refill
2644@end ifset
2645
2646@cindex @code{:} (label)
2647@cindex label (@code{:})
2648A label is a symbol immediately followed by a colon (@code{:}).
2649Whitespace before a label or after a colon is permitted, but you may not
2650have whitespace between a label's symbol and its colon. @xref{Labels}.
2651
2652@ifset HPPA
01642c12 2653For HPPA targets, labels need not be immediately followed by a colon, but
252b5132
RH
2654the definition of a label must begin in column zero. This also implies that
2655only one label may be defined on each line.
2656@end ifset
2657
2658@smallexample
2659label: .directive followed by something
2660another_label: # This is an empty statement.
2661 instruction operand_1, operand_2, @dots{}
2662@end smallexample
2663
2664@node Constants
2665@section Constants
2666
2667@cindex constants
2668A constant is a number, written so that its value is known by
2669inspection, without knowing any context. Like this:
2670@smallexample
2671@group
2672.byte 74, 0112, 092, 0x4A, 0X4a, 'J, '\J # All the same value.
2673.ascii "Ring the bell\7" # A string constant.
2674.octa 0x123456789abcdef0123456789ABCDEF0 # A bignum.
2675.float 0f-314159265358979323846264338327\
267695028841971.693993751E-40 # - pi, a flonum.
2677@end group
2678@end smallexample
2679
2680@menu
2681* Characters:: Character Constants
2682* Numbers:: Number Constants
2683@end menu
2684
2685@node Characters
2686@subsection Character Constants
2687
2688@cindex character constants
2689@cindex constants, character
2690There are two kinds of character constants. A @dfn{character} stands
2691for one character in one byte and its value may be used in
2692numeric expressions. String constants (properly called string
2693@emph{literals}) are potentially many bytes and their values may not be
2694used in arithmetic expressions.
2695
2696@menu
2697* Strings:: Strings
2698* Chars:: Characters
2699@end menu
2700
2701@node Strings
2702@subsubsection Strings
2703
2704@cindex string constants
2705@cindex constants, string
2706A @dfn{string} is written between double-quotes. It may contain
2707double-quotes or null characters. The way to get special characters
2708into a string is to @dfn{escape} these characters: precede them with
2709a backslash @samp{\} character. For example @samp{\\} represents
2710one backslash: the first @code{\} is an escape which tells
a4fb0134
SC
2711@command{@value{AS}} to interpret the second character literally as a backslash
2712(which prevents @command{@value{AS}} from recognizing the second @code{\} as an
252b5132
RH
2713escape character). The complete list of escapes follows.
2714
2715@cindex escape codes, character
2716@cindex character escape codes
2717@table @kbd
2718@c @item \a
2719@c Mnemonic for ACKnowledge; for ASCII this is octal code 007.
2720@c
2721@cindex @code{\b} (backspace character)
2722@cindex backspace (@code{\b})
2723@item \b
2724Mnemonic for backspace; for ASCII this is octal code 010.
2725
2726@c @item \e
2727@c Mnemonic for EOText; for ASCII this is octal code 004.
2728@c
2729@cindex @code{\f} (formfeed character)
2730@cindex formfeed (@code{\f})
2731@item \f
2732Mnemonic for FormFeed; for ASCII this is octal code 014.
2733
2734@cindex @code{\n} (newline character)
2735@cindex newline (@code{\n})
2736@item \n
2737Mnemonic for newline; for ASCII this is octal code 012.
2738
2739@c @item \p
2740@c Mnemonic for prefix; for ASCII this is octal code 033, usually known as @code{escape}.
2741@c
2742@cindex @code{\r} (carriage return character)
2743@cindex carriage return (@code{\r})
2744@item \r
2745Mnemonic for carriage-Return; for ASCII this is octal code 015.
2746
2747@c @item \s
2748@c Mnemonic for space; for ASCII this is octal code 040. Included for compliance with
2749@c other assemblers.
2750@c
2751@cindex @code{\t} (tab)
2752@cindex tab (@code{\t})
2753@item \t
2754Mnemonic for horizontal Tab; for ASCII this is octal code 011.
2755
2756@c @item \v
2757@c Mnemonic for Vertical tab; for ASCII this is octal code 013.
2758@c @item \x @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2759@c A hexadecimal character code. The numeric code is 3 hexadecimal digits.
2760@c
2761@cindex @code{\@var{ddd}} (octal character code)
2762@cindex octal character code (@code{\@var{ddd}})
2763@item \ @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2764An octal character code. The numeric code is 3 octal digits.
2765For compatibility with other Unix systems, 8 and 9 are accepted as digits:
2766for example, @code{\008} has the value 010, and @code{\009} the value 011.
2767
2768@cindex @code{\@var{xd...}} (hex character code)
2769@cindex hex character code (@code{\@var{xd...}})
2770@item \@code{x} @var{hex-digits...}
2771A hex character code. All trailing hex digits are combined. Either upper or
2772lower case @code{x} works.
2773
2774@cindex @code{\\} (@samp{\} character)
2775@cindex backslash (@code{\\})
2776@item \\
2777Represents one @samp{\} character.
2778
2779@c @item \'
2780@c Represents one @samp{'} (accent acute) character.
2781@c This is needed in single character literals
2782@c (@xref{Characters,,Character Constants}.) to represent
2783@c a @samp{'}.
2784@c
2785@cindex @code{\"} (doublequote character)
2786@cindex doublequote (@code{\"})
2787@item \"
2788Represents one @samp{"} character. Needed in strings to represent
2789this character, because an unescaped @samp{"} would end the string.
2790
2791@item \ @var{anything-else}
2792Any other character when escaped by @kbd{\} gives a warning, but
2793assembles as if the @samp{\} was not present. The idea is that if
2794you used an escape sequence you clearly didn't want the literal
a4fb0134
SC
2795interpretation of the following character. However @command{@value{AS}} has no
2796other interpretation, so @command{@value{AS}} knows it is giving you the wrong
252b5132
RH
2797code and warns you of the fact.
2798@end table
2799
2800Which characters are escapable, and what those escapes represent,
2801varies widely among assemblers. The current set is what we think
2802the BSD 4.2 assembler recognizes, and is a subset of what most C
2803compilers recognize. If you are in doubt, do not use an escape
2804sequence.
2805
2806@node Chars
2807@subsubsection Characters
2808
2809@cindex single character constant
2810@cindex character, single
2811@cindex constant, single character
2812A single character may be written as a single quote immediately
2813followed by that character. The same escapes apply to characters as
2814to strings. So if you want to write the character backslash, you
2815must write @kbd{'\\} where the first @code{\} escapes the second
2816@code{\}. As you can see, the quote is an acute accent, not a
2817grave accent. A newline
2818@ifclear GENERIC
2819@ifclear abnormal-separator
2820(or semicolon @samp{;})
2821@end ifclear
2822@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132
RH
2823@ifset H8
2824(or dollar sign @samp{$}, for the H8/300; or semicolon @samp{;} for the
7be1c489 2825Renesas SH)
252b5132
RH
2826@end ifset
2827@end ifset
2828@end ifclear
2829immediately following an acute accent is taken as a literal character
2830and does not count as the end of a statement. The value of a character
2831constant in a numeric expression is the machine's byte-wide code for
a4fb0134 2832that character. @command{@value{AS}} assumes your character code is ASCII:
252b5132
RH
2833@kbd{'A} means 65, @kbd{'B} means 66, and so on. @refill
2834
2835@node Numbers
2836@subsection Number Constants
2837
2838@cindex constants, number
2839@cindex number constants
a4fb0134 2840@command{@value{AS}} distinguishes three kinds of numbers according to how they
252b5132
RH
2841are stored in the target machine. @emph{Integers} are numbers that
2842would fit into an @code{int} in the C language. @emph{Bignums} are
2843integers, but they are stored in more than 32 bits. @emph{Flonums}
2844are floating point numbers, described below.
2845
2846@menu
2847* Integers:: Integers
2848* Bignums:: Bignums
2849* Flonums:: Flonums
2850@ifclear GENERIC
2851@ifset I960
2852* Bit Fields:: Bit Fields
2853@end ifset
2854@end ifclear
2855@end menu
2856
2857@node Integers
2858@subsubsection Integers
2859@cindex integers
2860@cindex constants, integer
2861
2862@cindex binary integers
2863@cindex integers, binary
2864A binary integer is @samp{0b} or @samp{0B} followed by zero or more of
2865the binary digits @samp{01}.
2866
2867@cindex octal integers
2868@cindex integers, octal
2869An octal integer is @samp{0} followed by zero or more of the octal
2870digits (@samp{01234567}).
2871
2872@cindex decimal integers
2873@cindex integers, decimal
2874A decimal integer starts with a non-zero digit followed by zero or
2875more digits (@samp{0123456789}).
2876
2877@cindex hexadecimal integers
2878@cindex integers, hexadecimal
2879A hexadecimal integer is @samp{0x} or @samp{0X} followed by one or
2880more hexadecimal digits chosen from @samp{0123456789abcdefABCDEF}.
2881
2882Integers have the usual values. To denote a negative integer, use
2883the prefix operator @samp{-} discussed under expressions
2884(@pxref{Prefix Ops,,Prefix Operators}).
2885
2886@node Bignums
2887@subsubsection Bignums
2888
2889@cindex bignums
2890@cindex constants, bignum
2891A @dfn{bignum} has the same syntax and semantics as an integer
2892except that the number (or its negative) takes more than 32 bits to
2893represent in binary. The distinction is made because in some places
2894integers are permitted while bignums are not.
2895
2896@node Flonums
2897@subsubsection Flonums
2898@cindex flonums
2899@cindex floating point numbers
2900@cindex constants, floating point
2901
2902@cindex precision, floating point
2903A @dfn{flonum} represents a floating point number. The translation is
2904indirect: a decimal floating point number from the text is converted by
a4fb0134 2905@command{@value{AS}} to a generic binary floating point number of more than
252b5132
RH
2906sufficient precision. This generic floating point number is converted
2907to a particular computer's floating point format (or formats) by a
a4fb0134 2908portion of @command{@value{AS}} specialized to that computer.
252b5132
RH
2909
2910A flonum is written by writing (in order)
2911@itemize @bullet
2912@item
2913The digit @samp{0}.
2914@ifset HPPA
2915(@samp{0} is optional on the HPPA.)
2916@end ifset
2917
2918@item
a4fb0134 2919A letter, to tell @command{@value{AS}} the rest of the number is a flonum.
252b5132
RH
2920@ifset GENERIC
2921@kbd{e} is recommended. Case is not important.
2922@ignore
2923@c FIXME: verify if flonum syntax really this vague for most cases
2924(Any otherwise illegal letter works here, but that might be changed. Vax BSD
29254.2 assembler seems to allow any of @samp{defghDEFGH}.)
2926@end ignore
2927
7be1c489 2928On the H8/300, Renesas / SuperH SH,
252b5132
RH
2929and AMD 29K architectures, the letter must be
2930one of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
2931
2932On the ARC, the letter must be one of the letters @samp{DFRS}
2933(in upper or lower case).
2934
2935On the Intel 960 architecture, the letter must be
2936one of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
2937
2938On the HPPA architecture, the letter must be @samp{E} (upper case only).
2939@end ifset
2940@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
2941@ifset ARC
2942One of the letters @samp{DFRS} (in upper or lower case).
2943@end ifset
2944@ifset H8
2945One of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
2946@end ifset
2947@ifset HPPA
2948The letter @samp{E} (upper case only).
2949@end ifset
2950@ifset I960
2951One of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
2952@end ifset
2953@end ifclear
2954
2955@item
2956An optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
2957
2958@item
2959An optional @dfn{integer part}: zero or more decimal digits.
2960
2961@item
2962An optional @dfn{fractional part}: @samp{.} followed by zero
2963or more decimal digits.
2964
2965@item
2966An optional exponent, consisting of:
2967
2968@itemize @bullet
2969@item
2970An @samp{E} or @samp{e}.
2971@c I can't find a config where "EXP_CHARS" is other than 'eE', but in
2972@c principle this can perfectly well be different on different targets.
2973@item
2974Optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
2975@item
2976One or more decimal digits.
2977@end itemize
2978
2979@end itemize
2980
2981At least one of the integer part or the fractional part must be
2982present. The floating point number has the usual base-10 value.
2983
a4fb0134 2984@command{@value{AS}} does all processing using integers. Flonums are computed
252b5132 2985independently of any floating point hardware in the computer running
a4fb0134 2986@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2987
2988@ifclear GENERIC
2989@ifset I960
2990@c Bit fields are written as a general facility but are also controlled
2991@c by a conditional-compilation flag---which is as of now (21mar91)
2992@c turned on only by the i960 config of GAS.
2993@node Bit Fields
2994@subsubsection Bit Fields
2995
2996@cindex bit fields
2997@cindex constants, bit field
2998You can also define numeric constants as @dfn{bit fields}.
b45619c0 2999Specify two numbers separated by a colon---
252b5132
RH
3000@example
3001@var{mask}:@var{value}
3002@end example
3003@noindent
a4fb0134 3004@command{@value{AS}} applies a bitwise @sc{and} between @var{mask} and
252b5132
RH
3005@var{value}.
3006
3007The resulting number is then packed
3008@ifset GENERIC
3009@c this conditional paren in case bit fields turned on elsewhere than 960
3010(in host-dependent byte order)
3011@end ifset
3012into a field whose width depends on which assembler directive has the
3013bit-field as its argument. Overflow (a result from the bitwise and
3014requiring more binary digits to represent) is not an error; instead,
3015more constants are generated, of the specified width, beginning with the
3016least significant digits.@refill
3017
3018The directives @code{.byte}, @code{.hword}, @code{.int}, @code{.long},
3019@code{.short}, and @code{.word} accept bit-field arguments.
3020@end ifset
3021@end ifclear
3022
3023@node Sections
3024@chapter Sections and Relocation
3025@cindex sections
3026@cindex relocation
3027
3028@menu
3029* Secs Background:: Background
3030* Ld Sections:: Linker Sections
3031* As Sections:: Assembler Internal Sections
3032* Sub-Sections:: Sub-Sections
3033* bss:: bss Section
3034@end menu
3035
3036@node Secs Background
3037@section Background
3038
3039Roughly, a section is a range of addresses, with no gaps; all data
3040``in'' those addresses is treated the same for some particular purpose.
3041For example there may be a ``read only'' section.
3042
3043@cindex linker, and assembler
3044@cindex assembler, and linker
3045The linker @code{@value{LD}} reads many object files (partial programs) and
a4fb0134 3046combines their contents to form a runnable program. When @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
3047emits an object file, the partial program is assumed to start at address 0.
3048@code{@value{LD}} assigns the final addresses for the partial program, so that
3049different partial programs do not overlap. This is actually an
a4fb0134 3050oversimplification, but it suffices to explain how @command{@value{AS}} uses
252b5132
RH
3051sections.
3052
3053@code{@value{LD}} moves blocks of bytes of your program to their run-time
3054addresses. These blocks slide to their run-time addresses as rigid
3055units; their length does not change and neither does the order of bytes
3056within them. Such a rigid unit is called a @emph{section}. Assigning
3057run-time addresses to sections is called @dfn{relocation}. It includes
3058the task of adjusting mentions of object-file addresses so they refer to
3059the proper run-time addresses.
3060@ifset H8
7be1c489 3061For the H8/300, and for the Renesas / SuperH SH,
a4fb0134 3062@command{@value{AS}} pads sections if needed to
252b5132
RH
3063ensure they end on a word (sixteen bit) boundary.
3064@end ifset
3065
3066@cindex standard assembler sections
a4fb0134 3067An object file written by @command{@value{AS}} has at least three sections, any
252b5132
RH
3068of which may be empty. These are named @dfn{text}, @dfn{data} and
3069@dfn{bss} sections.
3070
c1253627 3071@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 3072@ifset GENERIC
c1253627 3073When it generates COFF or ELF output,
252b5132 3074@end ifset
a4fb0134 3075@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you specify
252b5132
RH
3076using the @samp{.section} directive (@pxref{Section,,@code{.section}}).
3077If you do not use any directives that place output in the @samp{.text}
3078or @samp{.data} sections, these sections still exist, but are empty.
3079@end ifset
3080
3081@ifset HPPA
3082@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 3083When @command{@value{AS}} generates SOM or ELF output for the HPPA,
252b5132 3084@end ifset
a4fb0134 3085@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you
252b5132
RH
3086specify using the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace} directives. See
3087@cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly Language Reference Manual}
3088(HP 92432-90001) for details on the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace}
3089assembler directives.
3090
3091@ifset SOM
a4fb0134 3092Additionally, @command{@value{AS}} uses different names for the standard
252b5132
RH
3093text, data, and bss sections when generating SOM output. Program text
3094is placed into the @samp{$CODE$} section, data into @samp{$DATA$}, and
3095BSS into @samp{$BSS$}.
3096@end ifset
3097@end ifset
3098
3099Within the object file, the text section starts at address @code{0}, the
3100data section follows, and the bss section follows the data section.
3101
3102@ifset HPPA
3103When generating either SOM or ELF output files on the HPPA, the text
3104section starts at address @code{0}, the data section at address
3105@code{0x4000000}, and the bss section follows the data section.
3106@end ifset
3107
3108To let @code{@value{LD}} know which data changes when the sections are
a4fb0134 3109relocated, and how to change that data, @command{@value{AS}} also writes to the
252b5132
RH
3110object file details of the relocation needed. To perform relocation
3111@code{@value{LD}} must know, each time an address in the object
3112file is mentioned:
3113@itemize @bullet
3114@item
3115Where in the object file is the beginning of this reference to
3116an address?
3117@item
3118How long (in bytes) is this reference?
3119@item
3120Which section does the address refer to? What is the numeric value of
3121@display
3122(@var{address}) @minus{} (@var{start-address of section})?
3123@end display
3124@item
3125Is the reference to an address ``Program-Counter relative''?
3126@end itemize
3127
3128@cindex addresses, format of
3129@cindex section-relative addressing
a4fb0134 3130In fact, every address @command{@value{AS}} ever uses is expressed as
252b5132
RH
3131@display
3132(@var{section}) + (@var{offset into section})
3133@end display
3134@noindent
a4fb0134 3135Further, most expressions @command{@value{AS}} computes have this section-relative
252b5132
RH
3136nature.
3137@ifset SOM
3138(For some object formats, such as SOM for the HPPA, some expressions are
3139symbol-relative instead.)
3140@end ifset
3141
3142In this manual we use the notation @{@var{secname} @var{N}@} to mean ``offset
3143@var{N} into section @var{secname}.''
3144
3145Apart from text, data and bss sections you need to know about the
3146@dfn{absolute} section. When @code{@value{LD}} mixes partial programs,
3147addresses in the absolute section remain unchanged. For example, address
3148@code{@{absolute 0@}} is ``relocated'' to run-time address 0 by
3149@code{@value{LD}}. Although the linker never arranges two partial programs'
3150data sections with overlapping addresses after linking, @emph{by definition}
3151their absolute sections must overlap. Address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in one
3152part of a program is always the same address when the program is running as
3153address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in any other part of the program.
3154
3155The idea of sections is extended to the @dfn{undefined} section. Any
3156address whose section is unknown at assembly time is by definition
3157rendered @{undefined @var{U}@}---where @var{U} is filled in later.
3158Since numbers are always defined, the only way to generate an undefined
3159address is to mention an undefined symbol. A reference to a named
3160common block would be such a symbol: its value is unknown at assembly
3161time so it has section @emph{undefined}.
3162
3163By analogy the word @emph{section} is used to describe groups of sections in
3164the linked program. @code{@value{LD}} puts all partial programs' text
3165sections in contiguous addresses in the linked program. It is
3166customary to refer to the @emph{text section} of a program, meaning all
3167the addresses of all partial programs' text sections. Likewise for
3168data and bss sections.
3169
3170Some sections are manipulated by @code{@value{LD}}; others are invented for
a4fb0134 3171use of @command{@value{AS}} and have no meaning except during assembly.
252b5132
RH
3172
3173@node Ld Sections
3174@section Linker Sections
3175@code{@value{LD}} deals with just four kinds of sections, summarized below.
3176
3177@table @strong
3178
c1253627 3179@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3180@cindex named sections
3181@cindex sections, named
3182@item named sections
3183@end ifset
3184@ifset aout-bout
3185@cindex text section
3186@cindex data section
3187@itemx text section
3188@itemx data section
3189@end ifset
a4fb0134 3190These sections hold your program. @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} treat them as
252b5132 3191separate but equal sections. Anything you can say of one section is
c1253627
NC
3192true of another.
3193@c @ifset aout-bout
252b5132
RH
3194When the program is running, however, it is
3195customary for the text section to be unalterable. The
3196text section is often shared among processes: it contains
3197instructions, constants and the like. The data section of a running
3198program is usually alterable: for example, C variables would be stored
3199in the data section.
c1253627 3200@c @end ifset
252b5132
RH
3201
3202@cindex bss section
3203@item bss section
3204This section contains zeroed bytes when your program begins running. It
a349d9dd 3205is used to hold uninitialized variables or common storage. The length of
252b5132
RH
3206each partial program's bss section is important, but because it starts
3207out containing zeroed bytes there is no need to store explicit zero
3208bytes in the object file. The bss section was invented to eliminate
3209those explicit zeros from object files.
3210
3211@cindex absolute section
3212@item absolute section
3213Address 0 of this section is always ``relocated'' to runtime address 0.
3214This is useful if you want to refer to an address that @code{@value{LD}} must
3215not change when relocating. In this sense we speak of absolute
3216addresses being ``unrelocatable'': they do not change during relocation.
3217
3218@cindex undefined section
3219@item undefined section
3220This ``section'' is a catch-all for address references to objects not in
3221the preceding sections.
3222@c FIXME: ref to some other doc on obj-file formats could go here.
3223@end table
3224
3225@cindex relocation example
3226An idealized example of three relocatable sections follows.
c1253627 3227@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3228The example uses the traditional section names @samp{.text} and @samp{.data}.
3229@end ifset
3230Memory addresses are on the horizontal axis.
3231
3232@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3233@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3234@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3235@smallexample
3236 +-----+----+--+
3237partial program # 1: |ttttt|dddd|00|
3238 +-----+----+--+
3239
3240 text data bss
3241 seg. seg. seg.
3242
3243 +---+---+---+
3244partial program # 2: |TTT|DDD|000|
3245 +---+---+---+
3246
3247 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3248linked program: | |TTT|ttttt| |dddd|DDD|00000|
3249 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3250
3251 addresses: 0 @dots{}
3252@end smallexample
3253@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3254@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3255@need 5000
3256@tex
c1253627 3257\bigskip
252b5132
RH
3258\line{\it Partial program \#1: \hfil}
3259\line{\ibox{2.5cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3260\line{\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt ttttt}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 00}\hfil}
3261
3262\line{\it Partial program \#2: \hfil}
3263\line{\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{1.5cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3264\line{\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt DDDD}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 000}\hfil}
3265
3266\line{\it linked program: \hfil}
3267\line{\ibox{.5cm}{}\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2.5cm}{}\ibox{.75cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1.5cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3268\line{\boxit{.5cm}{}\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt
3269ttttt}\boxit{.75cm}{}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt
3270DDDD}\boxit{2cm}{\tt 00000}\ \dots\hfil}
3271
3272\line{\it addresses: \hfil}
3273\line{0\dots\hfil}
3274
3275@end tex
3276@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3277
3278@node As Sections
3279@section Assembler Internal Sections
3280
3281@cindex internal assembler sections
3282@cindex sections in messages, internal
a4fb0134 3283These sections are meant only for the internal use of @command{@value{AS}}. They
252b5132 3284have no meaning at run-time. You do not really need to know about these
a4fb0134 3285sections for most purposes; but they can be mentioned in @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132 3286warning messages, so it might be helpful to have an idea of their
a4fb0134 3287meanings to @command{@value{AS}}. These sections are used to permit the
252b5132
RH
3288value of every expression in your assembly language program to be a
3289section-relative address.
3290
3291@table @b
3292@cindex assembler internal logic error
3293@item ASSEMBLER-INTERNAL-LOGIC-ERROR!
3294An internal assembler logic error has been found. This means there is a
3295bug in the assembler.
3296
3297@cindex expr (internal section)
3298@item expr section
3299The assembler stores complex expression internally as combinations of
3300symbols. When it needs to represent an expression as a symbol, it puts
3301it in the expr section.
3302@c FIXME item debug
3303@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector preload
3304@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector postload
3305@c FIXME item register
3306@end table
3307
3308@node Sub-Sections
3309@section Sub-Sections
3310
3311@cindex numbered subsections
3312@cindex grouping data
3313@ifset aout-bout
3314Assembled bytes
c1253627 3315@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3316conventionally
3317@end ifset
3318fall into two sections: text and data.
3319@end ifset
3320You may have separate groups of
3321@ifset GENERIC
3322data in named sections
3323@end ifset
3324@ifclear GENERIC
3325@ifclear aout-bout
3326data in named sections
3327@end ifclear
3328@ifset aout-bout
3329text or data
3330@end ifset
3331@end ifclear
3332that you want to end up near to each other in the object file, even though they
a4fb0134 3333are not contiguous in the assembler source. @command{@value{AS}} allows you to
252b5132
RH
3334use @dfn{subsections} for this purpose. Within each section, there can be
3335numbered subsections with values from 0 to 8192. Objects assembled into the
3336same subsection go into the object file together with other objects in the same
3337subsection. For example, a compiler might want to store constants in the text
3338section, but might not want to have them interspersed with the program being
3339assembled. In this case, the compiler could issue a @samp{.text 0} before each
3340section of code being output, and a @samp{.text 1} before each group of
3341constants being output.
3342
3343Subsections are optional. If you do not use subsections, everything
3344goes in subsection number zero.
3345
3346@ifset GENERIC
3347Each subsection is zero-padded up to a multiple of four bytes.
3348(Subsections may be padded a different amount on different flavors
a4fb0134 3349of @command{@value{AS}}.)
252b5132
RH
3350@end ifset
3351@ifclear GENERIC
3352@ifset H8
7be1c489 3353On the H8/300 platform, each subsection is zero-padded to a word
252b5132 3354boundary (two bytes).
c2dcd04e 3355The same is true on the Renesas SH.
252b5132
RH
3356@end ifset
3357@ifset I960
3358@c FIXME section padding (alignment)?
3359@c Rich Pixley says padding here depends on target obj code format; that
3360@c doesn't seem particularly useful to say without further elaboration,
3361@c so for now I say nothing about it. If this is a generic BFD issue,
3362@c these paragraphs might need to vanish from this manual, and be
3363@c discussed in BFD chapter of binutils (or some such).
3364@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3365@end ifclear
3366
3367Subsections appear in your object file in numeric order, lowest numbered
3368to highest. (All this to be compatible with other people's assemblers.)
3369The object file contains no representation of subsections; @code{@value{LD}} and
3370other programs that manipulate object files see no trace of them.
3371They just see all your text subsections as a text section, and all your
3372data subsections as a data section.
3373
3374To specify which subsection you want subsequent statements assembled
3375into, use a numeric argument to specify it, in a @samp{.text
3376@var{expression}} or a @samp{.data @var{expression}} statement.
ed9589d4 3377@ifset COFF
252b5132 3378@ifset GENERIC
ed9589d4 3379When generating COFF output, you
252b5132
RH
3380@end ifset
3381@ifclear GENERIC
3382You
3383@end ifclear
3384can also use an extra subsection
3385argument with arbitrary named sections: @samp{.section @var{name},
3386@var{expression}}.
3387@end ifset
ed9589d4
BW
3388@ifset ELF
3389@ifset GENERIC
3390When generating ELF output, you
3391@end ifset
3392@ifclear GENERIC
3393You
3394@end ifclear
3395can also use the @code{.subsection} directive (@pxref{SubSection})
3396to specify a subsection: @samp{.subsection @var{expression}}.
3397@end ifset
96e9638b
BW
3398@var{Expression} should be an absolute expression
3399(@pxref{Expressions}). If you just say @samp{.text} then @samp{.text 0}
252b5132
RH
3400is assumed. Likewise @samp{.data} means @samp{.data 0}. Assembly
3401begins in @code{text 0}. For instance:
3402@smallexample
3403.text 0 # The default subsection is text 0 anyway.
3404.ascii "This lives in the first text subsection. *"
3405.text 1
3406.ascii "But this lives in the second text subsection."
3407.data 0
3408.ascii "This lives in the data section,"
3409.ascii "in the first data subsection."
3410.text 0
3411.ascii "This lives in the first text section,"
3412.ascii "immediately following the asterisk (*)."
3413@end smallexample
3414
3415Each section has a @dfn{location counter} incremented by one for every byte
3416assembled into that section. Because subsections are merely a convenience
a4fb0134 3417restricted to @command{@value{AS}} there is no concept of a subsection location
252b5132
RH
3418counter. There is no way to directly manipulate a location counter---but the
3419@code{.align} directive changes it, and any label definition captures its
3420current value. The location counter of the section where statements are being
3421assembled is said to be the @dfn{active} location counter.
3422
3423@node bss
3424@section bss Section
3425
3426@cindex bss section
3427@cindex common variable storage
3428The bss section is used for local common variable storage.
3429You may allocate address space in the bss section, but you may
3430not dictate data to load into it before your program executes. When
3431your program starts running, all the contents of the bss
3432section are zeroed bytes.
3433
3434The @code{.lcomm} pseudo-op defines a symbol in the bss section; see
3435@ref{Lcomm,,@code{.lcomm}}.
3436
3437The @code{.comm} pseudo-op may be used to declare a common symbol, which is
96e9638b 3438another form of uninitialized symbol; see @ref{Comm,,@code{.comm}}.
252b5132
RH
3439
3440@ifset GENERIC
3441When assembling for a target which supports multiple sections, such as ELF or
3442COFF, you may switch into the @code{.bss} section and define symbols as usual;
3443see @ref{Section,,@code{.section}}. You may only assemble zero values into the
3444section. Typically the section will only contain symbol definitions and
3445@code{.skip} directives (@pxref{Skip,,@code{.skip}}).
3446@end ifset
3447
3448@node Symbols
3449@chapter Symbols
3450
3451@cindex symbols
3452Symbols are a central concept: the programmer uses symbols to name
3453things, the linker uses symbols to link, and the debugger uses symbols
3454to debug.
3455
3456@quotation
3457@cindex debuggers, and symbol order
a4fb0134 3458@emph{Warning:} @command{@value{AS}} does not place symbols in the object file in
252b5132
RH
3459the same order they were declared. This may break some debuggers.
3460@end quotation
3461
3462@menu
3463* Labels:: Labels
3464* Setting Symbols:: Giving Symbols Other Values
3465* Symbol Names:: Symbol Names
3466* Dot:: The Special Dot Symbol
3467* Symbol Attributes:: Symbol Attributes
3468@end menu
3469
3470@node Labels
3471@section Labels
3472
3473@cindex labels
3474A @dfn{label} is written as a symbol immediately followed by a colon
3475@samp{:}. The symbol then represents the current value of the
3476active location counter, and is, for example, a suitable instruction
3477operand. You are warned if you use the same symbol to represent two
3478different locations: the first definition overrides any other
3479definitions.
3480
3481@ifset HPPA
3482On the HPPA, the usual form for a label need not be immediately followed by a
3483colon, but instead must start in column zero. Only one label may be defined on
a4fb0134 3484a single line. To work around this, the HPPA version of @command{@value{AS}} also
252b5132
RH
3485provides a special directive @code{.label} for defining labels more flexibly.
3486@end ifset
3487
3488@node Setting Symbols
3489@section Giving Symbols Other Values
3490
3491@cindex assigning values to symbols
3492@cindex symbol values, assigning
3493A symbol can be given an arbitrary value by writing a symbol, followed
3494by an equals sign @samp{=}, followed by an expression
3495(@pxref{Expressions}). This is equivalent to using the @code{.set}
9497f5ac
NC
3496directive. @xref{Set,,@code{.set}}. In the same way, using a double
3497equals sign @samp{=}@samp{=} here represents an equivalent of the
3498@code{.eqv} directive. @xref{Eqv,,@code{.eqv}}.
252b5132 3499
f8739b83
JZ
3500@ifset Blackfin
3501Blackfin does not support symbol assignment with @samp{=}.
3502@end ifset
3503
252b5132
RH
3504@node Symbol Names
3505@section Symbol Names
3506
3507@cindex symbol names
3508@cindex names, symbol
3509@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
3510Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On most
3511machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions are
3512noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}. That character may be followed by any
96e9638b
BW
3513string of digits, letters, dollar signs (unless otherwise noted for a
3514particular target machine), and underscores.
252b5132 3515@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3516@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
3517@ifset H8
3518Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On the
7be1c489 3519Renesas SH you can also use @code{$} in symbol names. That
c2dcd04e
NC
3520character may be followed by any string of digits, letters, dollar signs (save
3521on the H8/300), and underscores.
252b5132
RH
3522@end ifset
3523@end ifset
3524
3525Case of letters is significant: @code{foo} is a different symbol name
3526than @code{Foo}.
3527
7bfd842d
NC
3528Multibyte characters are supported. To generate a symbol name containing
3529multibyte characters enclose it within double quotes and use escape codes. cf
3530@xref{Strings}. Generating a multibyte symbol name from a label is not
3531currently supported.
3532
252b5132
RH
3533Each symbol has exactly one name. Each name in an assembly language program
3534refers to exactly one symbol. You may use that symbol name any number of times
3535in a program.
3536
3537@subheading Local Symbol Names
3538
3539@cindex local symbol names
3540@cindex symbol names, local
ba83aca1
BW
3541A local symbol is any symbol beginning with certain local label prefixes.
3542By default, the local label prefix is @samp{.L} for ELF systems or
3543@samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, but each target may have its own
3544set of local label prefixes.
3545@ifset HPPA
3546On the HPPA local symbols begin with @samp{L$}.
3547@end ifset
3548
3549Local symbols are defined and used within the assembler, but they are
3550normally not saved in object files. Thus, they are not visible when debugging.
3551You may use the @samp{-L} option (@pxref{L, ,Include Local Symbols:
3552@option{-L}}) to retain the local symbols in the object files.
3553
3554@subheading Local Labels
3555
3556@cindex local labels
252b5132
RH
3557@cindex temporary symbol names
3558@cindex symbol names, temporary
ba83aca1 3559Local labels help compilers and programmers use names temporarily.
2d5aaba0
NC
3560They create symbols which are guaranteed to be unique over the entire scope of
3561the input source code and which can be referred to by a simple notation.
ba83aca1 3562To define a local label, write a label of the form @samp{@b{N}:} (where @b{N}
2d5aaba0 3563represents any positive integer). To refer to the most recent previous
ba83aca1 3564definition of that label write @samp{@b{N}b}, using the same number as when
2d5aaba0 3565you defined the label. To refer to the next definition of a local label, write
96e9638b 3566@samp{@b{N}f}---the @samp{b} stands for ``backwards'' and the @samp{f} stands
2d5aaba0
NC
3567for ``forwards''.
3568
3569There is no restriction on how you can use these labels, and you can reuse them
3570too. So that it is possible to repeatedly define the same local label (using
3571the same number @samp{@b{N}}), although you can only refer to the most recently
3572defined local label of that number (for a backwards reference) or the next
3573definition of a specific local label for a forward reference. It is also worth
3574noting that the first 10 local labels (@samp{@b{0:}}@dots{}@samp{@b{9:}}) are
3575implemented in a slightly more efficient manner than the others.
3576
3577Here is an example:
3578
3579@smallexample
35801: branch 1f
35812: branch 1b
35821: branch 2f
35832: branch 1b
3584@end smallexample
3585
3586Which is the equivalent of:
3587
3588@smallexample
3589label_1: branch label_3
3590label_2: branch label_1
3591label_3: branch label_4
3592label_4: branch label_3
3593@end smallexample
3594
ba83aca1 3595Local label names are only a notational device. They are immediately
2d5aaba0 3596transformed into more conventional symbol names before the assembler uses them.
96e9638b
BW
3597The symbol names are stored in the symbol table, appear in error messages, and
3598are optionally emitted to the object file. The names are constructed using
3599these parts:
252b5132
RH
3600
3601@table @code
ba83aca1
BW
3602@item @emph{local label prefix}
3603All local symbols begin with the system-specific local label prefix.
3604Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} forget symbols
3605that start with the local label prefix. These labels are
252b5132 3606used for symbols you are never intended to see. If you use the
a4fb0134 3607@samp{-L} option then @command{@value{AS}} retains these symbols in the
252b5132
RH
3608object file. If you also instruct @code{@value{LD}} to retain these symbols,
3609you may use them in debugging.
3610
2d5aaba0
NC
3611@item @var{number}
3612This is the number that was used in the local label definition. So if the
01642c12 3613label is written @samp{55:} then the number is @samp{55}.
252b5132 3614
2d5aaba0
NC
3615@item @kbd{C-B}
3616This unusual character is included so you do not accidentally invent a symbol
3617of the same name. The character has ASCII value of @samp{\002} (control-B).
252b5132
RH
3618
3619@item @emph{ordinal number}
2d5aaba0 3620This is a serial number to keep the labels distinct. The first definition of
01642c12 3621@samp{0:} gets the number @samp{1}. The 15th definition of @samp{0:} gets the
2d5aaba0 3622number @samp{15}, and so on. Likewise the first definition of @samp{1:} gets
b45619c0 3623the number @samp{1} and its 15th definition gets @samp{15} as well.
252b5132
RH
3624@end table
3625
ba83aca1
BW
3626So for example, the first @code{1:} may be named @code{.L1@kbd{C-B}1}, and
3627the 44th @code{3:} may be named @code{.L3@kbd{C-B}44}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3628
3629@subheading Dollar Local Labels
3630@cindex dollar local symbols
3631
3632@code{@value{AS}} also supports an even more local form of local labels called
96e9638b
BW
3633dollar labels. These labels go out of scope (i.e., they become undefined) as
3634soon as a non-local label is defined. Thus they remain valid for only a small
2d5aaba0
NC
3635region of the input source code. Normal local labels, by contrast, remain in
3636scope for the entire file, or until they are redefined by another occurrence of
3637the same local label.
3638
3639Dollar labels are defined in exactly the same way as ordinary local labels,
77cca80f
NC
3640except that they have a dollar sign suffix to their numeric value, e.g.,
3641@samp{@b{55$:}}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3642
3643They can also be distinguished from ordinary local labels by their transformed
96e9638b
BW
3644names which use ASCII character @samp{\001} (control-A) as the magic character
3645to distinguish them from ordinary labels. For example, the fifth definition of
ba83aca1 3646@samp{6$} may be named @samp{.L6@kbd{C-A}5}.
252b5132
RH
3647
3648@node Dot
3649@section The Special Dot Symbol
3650
3651@cindex dot (symbol)
3652@cindex @code{.} (symbol)
3653@cindex current address
3654@cindex location counter
3655The special symbol @samp{.} refers to the current address that
a4fb0134 3656@command{@value{AS}} is assembling into. Thus, the expression @samp{melvin:
252b5132
RH
3657.long .} defines @code{melvin} to contain its own address.
3658Assigning a value to @code{.} is treated the same as a @code{.org}
884f0d36 3659directive.
252b5132 3660@ifclear no-space-dir
884f0d36 3661Thus, the expression @samp{.=.+4} is the same as saying
252b5132
RH
3662@samp{.space 4}.
3663@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3664
3665@node Symbol Attributes
3666@section Symbol Attributes
3667
3668@cindex symbol attributes
3669@cindex attributes, symbol
3670Every symbol has, as well as its name, the attributes ``Value'' and
3671``Type''. Depending on output format, symbols can also have auxiliary
3672attributes.
3673@ifset INTERNALS
3674The detailed definitions are in @file{a.out.h}.
3675@end ifset
3676
a4fb0134 3677If you use a symbol without defining it, @command{@value{AS}} assumes zero for
252b5132
RH
3678all these attributes, and probably won't warn you. This makes the
3679symbol an externally defined symbol, which is generally what you
3680would want.
3681
3682@menu
3683* Symbol Value:: Value
3684* Symbol Type:: Type
3685@ifset aout-bout
3686@ifset GENERIC
3687* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3688@end ifset
3689@ifclear GENERIC
3690@ifclear BOUT
3691* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3692@end ifclear
3693@ifset BOUT
3694* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3695@end ifset
3696@end ifclear
3697@end ifset
3698@ifset COFF
3699* COFF Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for COFF
3700@end ifset
3701@ifset SOM
3702* SOM Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for SOM
3703@end ifset
3704@end menu
3705
3706@node Symbol Value
3707@subsection Value
3708
3709@cindex value of a symbol
3710@cindex symbol value
3711The value of a symbol is (usually) 32 bits. For a symbol which labels a
3712location in the text, data, bss or absolute sections the value is the
3713number of addresses from the start of that section to the label.
3714Naturally for text, data and bss sections the value of a symbol changes
3715as @code{@value{LD}} changes section base addresses during linking. Absolute
3716symbols' values do not change during linking: that is why they are
3717called absolute.
3718
3719The value of an undefined symbol is treated in a special way. If it is
37200 then the symbol is not defined in this assembler source file, and
3721@code{@value{LD}} tries to determine its value from other files linked into the
3722same program. You make this kind of symbol simply by mentioning a symbol
3723name without defining it. A non-zero value represents a @code{.comm}
3724common declaration. The value is how much common storage to reserve, in
3725bytes (addresses). The symbol refers to the first address of the
3726allocated storage.
3727
3728@node Symbol Type
3729@subsection Type
3730
3731@cindex type of a symbol
3732@cindex symbol type
3733The type attribute of a symbol contains relocation (section)
3734information, any flag settings indicating that a symbol is external, and
3735(optionally), other information for linkers and debuggers. The exact
3736format depends on the object-code output format in use.
3737
3738@ifset aout-bout
3739@ifclear GENERIC
3740@ifset BOUT
3741@c The following avoids a "widow" subsection title. @group would be
3742@c better if it were available outside examples.
3743@need 1000
3744@node a.out Symbols
3745@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3746
3747@cindex @code{b.out} symbol attributes
3748@cindex symbol attributes, @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 3749These symbol attributes appear only when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for
252b5132
RH
3750one of the Berkeley-descended object output formats---@code{a.out} or
3751@code{b.out}.
3752
3753@end ifset
3754@ifclear BOUT
3755@node a.out Symbols
3756@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3757
3758@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3759@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3760
3761@end ifclear
3762@end ifclear
3763@ifset GENERIC
3764@node a.out Symbols
3765@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3766
3767@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3768@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3769
3770@end ifset
3771@menu
3772* Symbol Desc:: Descriptor
3773* Symbol Other:: Other
3774@end menu
3775
3776@node Symbol Desc
3777@subsubsection Descriptor
3778
3779@cindex descriptor, of @code{a.out} symbol
3780This is an arbitrary 16-bit value. You may establish a symbol's
3781descriptor value by using a @code{.desc} statement
3782(@pxref{Desc,,@code{.desc}}). A descriptor value means nothing to
a4fb0134 3783@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3784
3785@node Symbol Other
3786@subsubsection Other
3787
3788@cindex other attribute, of @code{a.out} symbol
a4fb0134 3789This is an arbitrary 8-bit value. It means nothing to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3790@end ifset
3791
3792@ifset COFF
3793@node COFF Symbols
3794@subsection Symbol Attributes for COFF
3795
3796@cindex COFF symbol attributes
3797@cindex symbol attributes, COFF
3798
3799The COFF format supports a multitude of auxiliary symbol attributes;
3800like the primary symbol attributes, they are set between @code{.def} and
3801@code{.endef} directives.
3802
3803@subsubsection Primary Attributes
3804
3805@cindex primary attributes, COFF symbols
3806The symbol name is set with @code{.def}; the value and type,
3807respectively, with @code{.val} and @code{.type}.
3808
3809@subsubsection Auxiliary Attributes
3810
3811@cindex auxiliary attributes, COFF symbols
a4fb0134 3812The @command{@value{AS}} directives @code{.dim}, @code{.line}, @code{.scl},
c87db184
CF
3813@code{.size}, @code{.tag}, and @code{.weak} can generate auxiliary symbol
3814table information for COFF.
252b5132
RH
3815@end ifset
3816
3817@ifset SOM
3818@node SOM Symbols
3819@subsection Symbol Attributes for SOM
3820
3821@cindex SOM symbol attributes
3822@cindex symbol attributes, SOM
3823
3824The SOM format for the HPPA supports a multitude of symbol attributes set with
3825the @code{.EXPORT} and @code{.IMPORT} directives.
3826
01642c12 3827The attributes are described in @cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly
252b5132
RH
3828Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) under the @code{IMPORT} and
3829@code{EXPORT} assembler directive documentation.
3830@end ifset
3831
3832@node Expressions
3833@chapter Expressions
3834
3835@cindex expressions
3836@cindex addresses
3837@cindex numeric values
3838An @dfn{expression} specifies an address or numeric value.
3839Whitespace may precede and/or follow an expression.
3840
3841The result of an expression must be an absolute number, or else an offset into
3842a particular section. If an expression is not absolute, and there is not
a4fb0134 3843enough information when @command{@value{AS}} sees the expression to know its
252b5132
RH
3844section, a second pass over the source program might be necessary to interpret
3845the expression---but the second pass is currently not implemented.
a4fb0134 3846@command{@value{AS}} aborts with an error message in this situation.
252b5132
RH
3847
3848@menu
3849* Empty Exprs:: Empty Expressions
3850* Integer Exprs:: Integer Expressions
3851@end menu
3852
3853@node Empty Exprs
3854@section Empty Expressions
3855
3856@cindex empty expressions
3857@cindex expressions, empty
3858An empty expression has no value: it is just whitespace or null.
3859Wherever an absolute expression is required, you may omit the
a4fb0134 3860expression, and @command{@value{AS}} assumes a value of (absolute) 0. This
252b5132
RH
3861is compatible with other assemblers.
3862
3863@node Integer Exprs
3864@section Integer Expressions
3865
3866@cindex integer expressions
3867@cindex expressions, integer
3868An @dfn{integer expression} is one or more @emph{arguments} delimited
3869by @emph{operators}.
3870
3871@menu
3872* Arguments:: Arguments
3873* Operators:: Operators
3874* Prefix Ops:: Prefix Operators
3875* Infix Ops:: Infix Operators
3876@end menu
3877
3878@node Arguments
3879@subsection Arguments
3880
3881@cindex expression arguments
3882@cindex arguments in expressions
3883@cindex operands in expressions
3884@cindex arithmetic operands
3885@dfn{Arguments} are symbols, numbers or subexpressions. In other
3886contexts arguments are sometimes called ``arithmetic operands''. In
3887this manual, to avoid confusing them with the ``instruction operands'' of
3888the machine language, we use the term ``argument'' to refer to parts of
3889expressions only, reserving the word ``operand'' to refer only to machine
3890instruction operands.
3891
3892Symbols are evaluated to yield @{@var{section} @var{NNN}@} where
3893@var{section} is one of text, data, bss, absolute,
3894or undefined. @var{NNN} is a signed, 2's complement 32 bit
3895integer.
3896
3897Numbers are usually integers.
3898
3899A number can be a flonum or bignum. In this case, you are warned
a4fb0134 3900that only the low order 32 bits are used, and @command{@value{AS}} pretends
252b5132
RH
3901these 32 bits are an integer. You may write integer-manipulating
3902instructions that act on exotic constants, compatible with other
3903assemblers.
3904
3905@cindex subexpressions
3906Subexpressions are a left parenthesis @samp{(} followed by an integer
3907expression, followed by a right parenthesis @samp{)}; or a prefix
3908operator followed by an argument.
3909
3910@node Operators
3911@subsection Operators
3912
3913@cindex operators, in expressions
3914@cindex arithmetic functions
3915@cindex functions, in expressions
3916@dfn{Operators} are arithmetic functions, like @code{+} or @code{%}. Prefix
3917operators are followed by an argument. Infix operators appear
3918between their arguments. Operators may be preceded and/or followed by
3919whitespace.
3920
3921@node Prefix Ops
3922@subsection Prefix Operator
3923
3924@cindex prefix operators
a4fb0134 3925@command{@value{AS}} has the following @dfn{prefix operators}. They each take
252b5132
RH
3926one argument, which must be absolute.
3927
3928@c the tex/end tex stuff surrounding this small table is meant to make
3929@c it align, on the printed page, with the similar table in the next
3930@c section (which is inside an enumerate).
3931@tex
3932\global\advance\leftskip by \itemindent
3933@end tex
3934
3935@table @code
3936@item -
3937@dfn{Negation}. Two's complement negation.
3938@item ~
3939@dfn{Complementation}. Bitwise not.
3940@end table
3941
3942@tex
3943\global\advance\leftskip by -\itemindent
3944@end tex
3945
3946@node Infix Ops
3947@subsection Infix Operators
3948
3949@cindex infix operators
3950@cindex operators, permitted arguments
3951@dfn{Infix operators} take two arguments, one on either side. Operators
3952have precedence, but operations with equal precedence are performed left
a4fb0134 3953to right. Apart from @code{+} or @option{-}, both arguments must be
252b5132
RH
3954absolute, and the result is absolute.
3955
3956@enumerate
3957@cindex operator precedence
3958@cindex precedence of operators
3959
3960@item
3961Highest Precedence
3962
3963@table @code
3964@item *
3965@dfn{Multiplication}.
3966
3967@item /
3968@dfn{Division}. Truncation is the same as the C operator @samp{/}
3969
3970@item %
3971@dfn{Remainder}.
3972
d1eac9d9 3973@item <<
252b5132
RH
3974@dfn{Shift Left}. Same as the C operator @samp{<<}.
3975
d1eac9d9 3976@item >>
252b5132
RH
3977@dfn{Shift Right}. Same as the C operator @samp{>>}.
3978@end table
3979
3980@item
3981Intermediate precedence
3982
3983@table @code
3984@item |
3985
3986@dfn{Bitwise Inclusive Or}.
3987
3988@item &
3989@dfn{Bitwise And}.
3990
3991@item ^
3992@dfn{Bitwise Exclusive Or}.
3993
3994@item !
3995@dfn{Bitwise Or Not}.
3996@end table
3997
3998@item
b131d4dc 3999Low Precedence
252b5132
RH
4000
4001@table @code
4002@cindex addition, permitted arguments
4003@cindex plus, permitted arguments
4004@cindex arguments for addition
4005@item +
4006@dfn{Addition}. If either argument is absolute, the result has the section of
4007the other argument. You may not add together arguments from different
4008sections.
4009
4010@cindex subtraction, permitted arguments
4011@cindex minus, permitted arguments
4012@cindex arguments for subtraction
4013@item -
4014@dfn{Subtraction}. If the right argument is absolute, the
4015result has the section of the left argument.
4016If both arguments are in the same section, the result is absolute.
4017You may not subtract arguments from different sections.
4018@c FIXME is there still something useful to say about undefined - undefined ?
b131d4dc
NC
4019
4020@cindex comparison expressions
4021@cindex expressions, comparison
4022@item ==
4023@dfn{Is Equal To}
4024@item <>
723a8472 4025@itemx !=
b131d4dc
NC
4026@dfn{Is Not Equal To}
4027@item <
4028@dfn{Is Less Than}
d1eac9d9 4029@item >
b131d4dc 4030@dfn{Is Greater Than}
d1eac9d9 4031@item >=
b131d4dc 4032@dfn{Is Greater Than Or Equal To}
d1eac9d9 4033@item <=
b131d4dc
NC
4034@dfn{Is Less Than Or Equal To}
4035
4036The comparison operators can be used as infix operators. A true results has a
4037value of -1 whereas a false result has a value of 0. Note, these operators
4038perform signed comparisons.
4039@end table
4040
4041@item Lowest Precedence
4042
4043@table @code
4044@item &&
4045@dfn{Logical And}.
4046
4047@item ||
4048@dfn{Logical Or}.
4049
4050These two logical operations can be used to combine the results of sub
4051expressions. Note, unlike the comparison operators a true result returns a
4052value of 1 but a false results does still return 0. Also note that the logical
4053or operator has a slightly lower precedence than logical and.
4054
252b5132
RH
4055@end table
4056@end enumerate
4057
4058In short, it's only meaningful to add or subtract the @emph{offsets} in an
4059address; you can only have a defined section in one of the two arguments.
4060
4061@node Pseudo Ops
4062@chapter Assembler Directives
4063
4064@cindex directives, machine independent
4065@cindex pseudo-ops, machine independent
4066@cindex machine independent directives
4067All assembler directives have names that begin with a period (@samp{.}).
4068The rest of the name is letters, usually in lower case.
4069
4070This chapter discusses directives that are available regardless of the
4071target machine configuration for the @sc{gnu} assembler.
4072@ifset GENERIC
4073Some machine configurations provide additional directives.
4074@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
4075@end ifset
4076@ifclear GENERIC
4077@ifset machine-directives
96e9638b 4078@xref{Machine Dependencies}, for additional directives.
252b5132
RH
4079@end ifset
4080@end ifclear
4081
4082@menu
4083* Abort:: @code{.abort}
4084@ifset COFF
38a57ae7 4085* ABORT (COFF):: @code{.ABORT}
252b5132 4086@end ifset
f0dc282c 4087
252b5132 4088* Align:: @code{.align @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
caa32fe5 4089* Altmacro:: @code{.altmacro}
252b5132
RH
4090* Ascii:: @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4091* Asciz:: @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4092* Balign:: @code{.balign @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
fa94de6b 4093* Bundle directives:: @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}, @code{.bundle_lock}, @code{.bundle_unlock}
252b5132 4094* Byte:: @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4b7d318b 4095* CFI directives:: @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}, @code{.cfi_endproc}, etc.
ccf8a69b 4096* Comm:: @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
252b5132
RH
4097* Data:: @code{.data @var{subsection}}
4098@ifset COFF
4099* Def:: @code{.def @var{name}}
4100@end ifset
4101@ifset aout-bout
4102* Desc:: @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4103@end ifset
4104@ifset COFF
4105* Dim:: @code{.dim}
4106@end ifset
f0dc282c 4107
252b5132
RH
4108* Double:: @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4109* Eject:: @code{.eject}
4110* Else:: @code{.else}
3fd9f047 4111* Elseif:: @code{.elseif}
252b5132
RH
4112* End:: @code{.end}
4113@ifset COFF
4114* Endef:: @code{.endef}
4115@end ifset
f0dc282c 4116
252b5132
RH
4117* Endfunc:: @code{.endfunc}
4118* Endif:: @code{.endif}
4119* Equ:: @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4120* Equiv:: @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
9497f5ac 4121* Eqv:: @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
252b5132 4122* Err:: @code{.err}
d190d046 4123* Error:: @code{.error @var{string}}
252b5132
RH
4124* Exitm:: @code{.exitm}
4125* Extern:: @code{.extern}
4126* Fail:: @code{.fail}
14082c76 4127* File:: @code{.file}
252b5132
RH
4128* Fill:: @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4129* Float:: @code{.float @var{flonums}}
01642c12 4130* Func:: @code{.func}
252b5132 4131* Global:: @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
c91d2e08 4132@ifset ELF
3a99f02f 4133* Gnu_attribute:: @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
c91d2e08
NC
4134* Hidden:: @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4135@end ifset
f0dc282c 4136
252b5132
RH
4137* hword:: @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
4138* Ident:: @code{.ident}
4139* If:: @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
7e005732 4140* Incbin:: @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
252b5132
RH
4141* Include:: @code{.include "@var{file}"}
4142* Int:: @code{.int @var{expressions}}
c91d2e08
NC
4143@ifset ELF
4144* Internal:: @code{.internal @var{names}}
4145@end ifset
f0dc282c 4146
252b5132
RH
4147* Irp:: @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4148* Irpc:: @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4149* Lcomm:: @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
4150* Lflags:: @code{.lflags}
4151@ifclear no-line-dir
4152* Line:: @code{.line @var{line-number}}
4153@end ifclear
f0dc282c 4154
252b5132
RH
4155* Linkonce:: @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
4156* List:: @code{.list}
bd0eb99b 4157* Ln:: @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
14082c76
BW
4158* Loc:: @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno}}
4159* Loc_mark_labels:: @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
4d4175af
BW
4160@ifset ELF
4161* Local:: @code{.local @var{names}}
4162@end ifset
bd0eb99b 4163
252b5132
RH
4164* Long:: @code{.long @var{expressions}}
4165@ignore
4166* Lsym:: @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4167@end ignore
f0dc282c 4168
252b5132
RH
4169* Macro:: @code{.macro @var{name} @var{args}}@dots{}
4170* MRI:: @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 4171* Noaltmacro:: @code{.noaltmacro}
252b5132
RH
4172* Nolist:: @code{.nolist}
4173* Octa:: @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
9aec2026 4174* Offset:: @code{.offset @var{loc}}
85234291
L
4175* Org:: @code{.org @var{new-lc}, @var{fill}}
4176* P2align:: @code{.p2align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
c91d2e08
NC
4177@ifset ELF
4178* PopSection:: @code{.popsection}
4179* Previous:: @code{.previous}
4180@end ifset
f0dc282c 4181
252b5132 4182* Print:: @code{.print @var{string}}
c91d2e08
NC
4183@ifset ELF
4184* Protected:: @code{.protected @var{names}}
4185@end ifset
f0dc282c 4186
252b5132
RH
4187* Psize:: @code{.psize @var{lines}, @var{columns}}
4188* Purgem:: @code{.purgem @var{name}}
c91d2e08
NC
4189@ifset ELF
4190* PushSection:: @code{.pushsection @var{name}}
4191@end ifset
f0dc282c 4192
252b5132 4193* Quad:: @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
05e9452c 4194* Reloc:: @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
252b5132
RH
4195* Rept:: @code{.rept @var{count}}
4196* Sbttl:: @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
4197@ifset COFF
4198* Scl:: @code{.scl @var{class}}
c1253627
NC
4199@end ifset
4200@ifset COFF-ELF
7337fc21 4201* Section:: @code{.section @var{name}[, @var{flags}]}
252b5132 4202@end ifset
f0dc282c 4203
252b5132
RH
4204* Set:: @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4205* Short:: @code{.short @var{expressions}}
4206* Single:: @code{.single @var{flonums}}
c1253627 4207@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4208* Size:: @code{.size [@var{name} , @var{expression}]}
c1253627 4209@end ifset
884f0d36 4210@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4211* Skip:: @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36
BW
4212@end ifclear
4213
252b5132 4214* Sleb128:: @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
884f0d36 4215@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4216* Space:: @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36 4217@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
4218@ifset have-stabs
4219* Stab:: @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
4220@end ifset
f0dc282c 4221
38a57ae7 4222* String:: @code{.string "@var{str}"}, @code{.string8 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string16 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string32 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string64 "@var{str}"}
252b5132
RH
4223* Struct:: @code{.struct @var{expression}}
4224@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4225* SubSection:: @code{.subsection}
252b5132
RH
4226* Symver:: @code{.symver @var{name},@var{name2@@nodename}}
4227@end ifset
f0dc282c 4228
252b5132
RH
4229@ifset COFF
4230* Tag:: @code{.tag @var{structname}}
4231@end ifset
f0dc282c 4232
252b5132
RH
4233* Text:: @code{.text @var{subsection}}
4234* Title:: @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
c1253627 4235@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4236* Type:: @code{.type <@var{int} | @var{name} , @var{type description}>}
c1253627
NC
4237@end ifset
4238
c91d2e08 4239* Uleb128:: @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
252b5132 4240@ifset COFF
252b5132
RH
4241* Val:: @code{.val @var{addr}}
4242@end ifset
f0dc282c 4243
2e13b764 4244@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4245* Version:: @code{.version "@var{string}"}
c91d2e08
NC
4246* VTableEntry:: @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
4247* VTableInherit:: @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 4248@end ifset
f0dc282c 4249
d190d046 4250* Warning:: @code{.warning @var{string}}
c87db184 4251* Weak:: @code{.weak @var{names}}
06e77878 4252* Weakref:: @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{symbol}}
252b5132
RH
4253* Word:: @code{.word @var{expressions}}
4254* Deprecated:: Deprecated Directives
4255@end menu
4256
4257@node Abort
4258@section @code{.abort}
4259
4260@cindex @code{abort} directive
4261@cindex stopping the assembly
4262This directive stops the assembly immediately. It is for
4263compatibility with other assemblers. The original idea was that the
4264assembly language source would be piped into the assembler. If the sender
a4fb0134 4265of the source quit, it could use this directive tells @command{@value{AS}} to
252b5132
RH
4266quit also. One day @code{.abort} will not be supported.
4267
4268@ifset COFF
370b66a1
CD
4269@node ABORT (COFF)
4270@section @code{.ABORT} (COFF)
252b5132
RH
4271
4272@cindex @code{ABORT} directive
a4fb0134 4273When producing COFF output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive as a
252b5132
RH
4274synonym for @samp{.abort}.
4275
4276@ifset BOUT
a4fb0134 4277When producing @code{b.out} output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive,
252b5132
RH
4278but ignores it.
4279@end ifset
4280@end ifset
4281
4282@node Align
4283@section @code{.align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4284
4285@cindex padding the location counter
4286@cindex @code{align} directive
4287Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular storage
4288boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the alignment
4289required, as described below.
4290
4291The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4292padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4293padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4294marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4295with no-op instructions.
4296
4297The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4298it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4299directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4300specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4301fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4302required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4303with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4304
4305The way the required alignment is specified varies from system to system.
7be1c489 4306For the arc, hppa, i386 using ELF, i860, iq2000, m68k, or32,
60946ad0 4307s390, sparc, tic4x, tic80 and xtensa, the first expression is the
252b5132
RH
4308alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.align 8} advances
4309the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
60946ad0
AM
4310is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed. For the tic54x, the
4311first expression is the alignment request in words.
252b5132 4312
9e9a9798 4313For other systems, including ppc, i386 using a.out format, arm and
adcf07e6 4314strongarm, it is the
252b5132
RH
4315number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
4316advancement. For example @samp{.align 3} advances the location
4317counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
4318multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4319
4320This inconsistency is due to the different behaviors of the various
4321native assemblers for these systems which GAS must emulate.
4322GAS also provides @code{.balign} and @code{.p2align} directives,
4323described later, which have a consistent behavior across all
4324architectures (but are specific to GAS).
4325
ccf8a69b
BW
4326@node Altmacro
4327@section @code{.altmacro}
4328Enable alternate macro mode, enabling:
4329
4330@ftable @code
4331@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
4332One additional directive, @code{LOCAL}, is available. It is used to
4333generate a string replacement for each of the @var{name} arguments, and
4334replace any instances of @var{name} in each macro expansion. The
4335replacement string is unique in the assembly, and different for each
4336separate macro expansion. @code{LOCAL} allows you to write macros that
4337define symbols, without fear of conflict between separate macro expansions.
4338
4339@item String delimiters
4340You can write strings delimited in these other ways besides
4341@code{"@var{string}"}:
4342
4343@table @code
4344@item '@var{string}'
4345You can delimit strings with single-quote characters.
4346
4347@item <@var{string}>
4348You can delimit strings with matching angle brackets.
4349@end table
4350
4351@item single-character string escape
4352To include any single character literally in a string (even if the
4353character would otherwise have some special meaning), you can prefix the
4354character with @samp{!} (an exclamation mark). For example, you can
4355write @samp{<4.3 !> 5.4!!>} to get the literal text @samp{4.3 > 5.4!}.
4356
4357@item Expression results as strings
4358You can write @samp{%@var{expr}} to evaluate the expression @var{expr}
01642c12 4359and use the result as a string.
ccf8a69b
BW
4360@end ftable
4361
252b5132
RH
4362@node Ascii
4363@section @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4364
4365@cindex @code{ascii} directive
4366@cindex string literals
4367@code{.ascii} expects zero or more string literals (@pxref{Strings})
4368separated by commas. It assembles each string (with no automatic
4369trailing zero byte) into consecutive addresses.
4370
4371@node Asciz
4372@section @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4373
4374@cindex @code{asciz} directive
4375@cindex zero-terminated strings
4376@cindex null-terminated strings
4377@code{.asciz} is just like @code{.ascii}, but each string is followed by
4378a zero byte. The ``z'' in @samp{.asciz} stands for ``zero''.
4379
4380@node Balign
4381@section @code{.balign[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4382
4383@cindex padding the location counter given number of bytes
4384@cindex @code{balign} directive
4385Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
4386storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
4387alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.balign 8} advances
4388the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
4389is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4390
4391The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4392padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4393padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4394marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4395with no-op instructions.
4396
4397The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4398it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4399directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4400specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4401fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4402required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4403with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4404
4405@cindex @code{balignw} directive
4406@cindex @code{balignl} directive
4407The @code{.balignw} and @code{.balignl} directives are variants of the
4408@code{.balign} directive. The @code{.balignw} directive treats the fill
4409pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.balignl} directives treats the
4410fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.balignw
44114,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
4412filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
4413the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
4414undefined.
4415
fa94de6b
RM
4416@node Bundle directives
4417@section @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}
4418@cindex @code{bundle_align_mode} directive
4419@cindex bundle
4420@cindex instruction bundle
4421@cindex aligned instruction bundle
ec82c18e 4422@code{.bundle_align_mode} enables or disables @dfn{aligned instruction
fa94de6b 4423bundle} mode. In this mode, sequences of adjacent instructions are grouped
ec82c18e 4424into fixed-sized @dfn{bundles}. If the argument is zero, this mode is
27dcf5c0 4425disabled (which is the default state). If the argument it not zero, it
fa94de6b
RM
4426gives the size of an instruction bundle as a power of two (as for the
4427@code{.p2align} directive, @pxref{P2align}).
4428
4429For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that no instruction may span a
ec82c18e 4430certain aligned boundary. A @dfn{bundle} is simply a sequence of
fa94de6b
RM
4431instructions that starts on an aligned boundary. For example, if
4432@var{abs-expr} is @code{5} then the bundle size is 32, so each aligned
4433chunk of 32 bytes is a bundle. When aligned instruction bundle mode is in
4434effect, no single instruction may span a boundary between bundles. If an
4435instruction would start too close to the end of a bundle for the length of
4436that particular instruction to fit within the bundle, then the space at the
4437end of that bundle is filled with no-op instructions so the instruction
4438starts in the next bundle. As a corollary, it's an error if any single
4439instruction's encoding is longer than the bundle size.
4440
4441@section @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
4442@cindex @code{bundle_lock} directive
4443@cindex @code{bundle_unlock} directive
4444The @code{.bundle_lock} and directive @code{.bundle_unlock} directives
4445allow explicit control over instruction bundle padding. These directives
4446are only valid when @code{.bundle_align_mode} has been used to enable
4447aligned instruction bundle mode. It's an error if they appear when
4448@code{.bundle_align_mode} has not been used at all, or when the last
4449directive was @w{@code{.bundle_align_mode 0}}.
4450
4451@cindex bundle-locked
4452For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that certain instructions may
4453appear only as part of specified permissible sequences of multiple
4454instructions, all within the same bundle. A pair of @code{.bundle_lock}
ec82c18e 4455and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives define a @dfn{bundle-locked}
fa94de6b
RM
4456instruction sequence. For purposes of aligned instruction bundle mode, a
4457sequence starting with @code{.bundle_lock} and ending with
4458@code{.bundle_unlock} is treated as a single instruction. That is, the
4459entire sequence must fit into a single bundle and may not span a bundle
4460boundary. If necessary, no-op instructions will be inserted before the
4461first instruction of the sequence so that the whole sequence starts on an
4462aligned bundle boundary. It's an error if the sequence is longer than the
4463bundle size.
4464
d416e51d
RM
4465For convenience when using @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
4466inside assembler macros (@pxref{Macro}), bundle-locked sequences may be
4467nested. That is, a second @code{.bundle_lock} directive before the next
4468@code{.bundle_unlock} directive has no effect except that it must be
4469matched by another closing @code{.bundle_unlock} so that there is the
4470same number of @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives.
fa94de6b 4471
252b5132
RH
4472@node Byte
4473@section @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4474
4475@cindex @code{byte} directive
4476@cindex integers, one byte
4477@code{.byte} expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas.
4478Each expression is assembled into the next byte.
4479
54cfded0 4480@node CFI directives
38462edf
JJ
4481@section @code{.cfi_sections @var{section_list}}
4482@cindex @code{cfi_sections} directive
4483@code{.cfi_sections} may be used to specify whether CFI directives
4484should emit @code{.eh_frame} section and/or @code{.debug_frame} section.
4485If @var{section_list} is @code{.eh_frame}, @code{.eh_frame} is emitted,
4486if @var{section_list} is @code{.debug_frame}, @code{.debug_frame} is emitted.
4487To emit both use @code{.eh_frame, .debug_frame}. The default if this
4488directive is not used is @code{.cfi_sections .eh_frame}.
4489
4b7d318b 4490@section @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}
54cfded0
AM
4491@cindex @code{cfi_startproc} directive
4492@code{.cfi_startproc} is used at the beginning of each function that
4493should have an entry in @code{.eh_frame}. It initializes some internal
4b7d318b 4494data structures. Don't forget to close the function by
54cfded0
AM
4495@code{.cfi_endproc}.
4496
01642c12 4497Unless @code{.cfi_startproc} is used along with parameter @code{simple}
4b7d318b 4498it also emits some architecture dependent initial CFI instructions.
01642c12 4499
54cfded0
AM
4500@section @code{.cfi_endproc}
4501@cindex @code{cfi_endproc} directive
4502@code{.cfi_endproc} is used at the end of a function where it closes its
4503unwind entry previously opened by
b45619c0 4504@code{.cfi_startproc}, and emits it to @code{.eh_frame}.
54cfded0 4505
9b8ae42e
JJ
4506@section @code{.cfi_personality @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
4507@code{.cfi_personality} defines personality routine and its encoding.
4508@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the personality
4509should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4510argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be
4511a constant or a symbol name. When using indirect encodings,
4512the symbol provided should be the location where personality
4513can be loaded from, not the personality routine itself.
4514The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_personality 0xff},
4515no personality routine.
4516
4517@section @code{.cfi_lsda @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
4518@code{.cfi_lsda} defines LSDA and its encoding.
4519@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the LSDA
4520should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4521argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be a constant
4522or a symbol name. The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_lsda 0xff},
4523no LSDA.
4524
54cfded0 4525@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa @var{register}, @var{offset}}
01642c12 4526@code{.cfi_def_cfa} defines a rule for computing CFA as: @i{take
54cfded0
AM
4527address from @var{register} and add @var{offset} to it}.
4528
4529@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa_register @var{register}}
4530@code{.cfi_def_cfa_register} modifies a rule for computing CFA. From
4531now on @var{register} will be used instead of the old one. Offset
4532remains the same.
4533
4534@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
4535@code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} modifies a rule for computing CFA. Register
4536remains the same, but @var{offset} is new. Note that it is the
4537absolute offset that will be added to a defined register to compute
4538CFA address.
4539
4540@section @code{.cfi_adjust_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
4541Same as @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} but @var{offset} is a relative
4542value that is added/substracted from the previous offset.
4543
4544@section @code{.cfi_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4545Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
01642c12 4546CFA.
54cfded0 4547
17076204
RH
4548@section @code{.cfi_rel_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4549Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
4550the current CFA register. This is transformed to @code{.cfi_offset}
4551using the known displacement of the CFA register from the CFA.
4552This is often easier to use, because the number will match the
4553code it's annotating.
54cfded0 4554
4b7d318b
L
4555@section @code{.cfi_register @var{register1}, @var{register2}}
4556Previous value of @var{register1} is saved in register @var{register2}.
4557
4558@section @code{.cfi_restore @var{register}}
01642c12
RM
4559@code{.cfi_restore} says that the rule for @var{register} is now the
4560same as it was at the beginning of the function, after all initial
4b7d318b
L
4561instruction added by @code{.cfi_startproc} were executed.
4562
4563@section @code{.cfi_undefined @var{register}}
4564From now on the previous value of @var{register} can't be restored anymore.
4565
4566@section @code{.cfi_same_value @var{register}}
01642c12 4567Current value of @var{register} is the same like in the previous frame,
4b7d318b
L
4568i.e. no restoration needed.
4569
01642c12
RM
4570@section @code{.cfi_remember_state},
4571First save all current rules for all registers by @code{.cfi_remember_state},
4572then totally screw them up by subsequent @code{.cfi_*} directives and when
4573everything is hopelessly bad, use @code{.cfi_restore_state} to restore
4b7d318b
L
4574the previous saved state.
4575
4576@section @code{.cfi_return_column @var{register}}
01642c12 4577Change return column @var{register}, i.e. the return address is either
4b7d318b
L
4578directly in @var{register} or can be accessed by rules for @var{register}.
4579
63752a75
JJ
4580@section @code{.cfi_signal_frame}
4581Mark current function as signal trampoline.
4582
6749011b 4583@section @code{.cfi_window_save}
364b6d8b
JJ
4584SPARC register window has been saved.
4585
cdfbf930
RH
4586@section @code{.cfi_escape} @var{expression}[, @dots{}]
4587Allows the user to add arbitrary bytes to the unwind info. One
4588might use this to add OS-specific CFI opcodes, or generic CFI
4589opcodes that GAS does not yet support.
252b5132 4590
f1c4cc75
RH
4591@section @code{.cfi_val_encoded_addr @var{register}, @var{encoding}, @var{label}}
4592The current value of @var{register} is @var{label}. The value of @var{label}
4593will be encoded in the output file according to @var{encoding}; see the
4594description of @code{.cfi_personality} for details on this encoding.
4595
4596The usefulness of equating a register to a fixed label is probably
4597limited to the return address register. Here, it can be useful to
4598mark a code segment that has only one return address which is reached
4599by a direct branch and no copy of the return address exists in memory
4600or another register.
4601
ccf8a69b
BW
4602@node Comm
4603@section @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
bd0eb99b 4604
ccf8a69b
BW
4605@cindex @code{comm} directive
4606@cindex symbol, common
4607@code{.comm} declares a common symbol named @var{symbol}. When linking, a
4608common symbol in one object file may be merged with a defined or common symbol
4609of the same name in another object file. If @code{@value{LD}} does not see a
4610definition for the symbol--just one or more common symbols--then it will
4611allocate @var{length} bytes of uninitialized memory. @var{length} must be an
4612absolute expression. If @code{@value{LD}} sees multiple common symbols with
4613the same name, and they do not all have the same size, it will allocate space
4614using the largest size.
07a53e5c 4615
c1711530
DK
4616@ifset COFF-ELF
4617When using ELF or (as a GNU extension) PE, the @code{.comm} directive takes
01642c12 4618an optional third argument. This is the desired alignment of the symbol,
c1711530
DK
4619specified for ELF as a byte boundary (for example, an alignment of 16 means
4620that the least significant 4 bits of the address should be zero), and for PE
4621as a power of two (for example, an alignment of 5 means aligned to a 32-byte
01642c12 4622boundary). The alignment must be an absolute expression, and it must be a
c1711530 4623power of two. If @code{@value{LD}} allocates uninitialized memory for the
01642c12 4624common symbol, it will use the alignment when placing the symbol. If no
c1711530 4625alignment is specified, @command{@value{AS}} will set the alignment to the
ccf8a69b 4626largest power of two less than or equal to the size of the symbol, up to a
c1711530
DK
4627maximum of 16 on ELF, or the default section alignment of 4 on PE@footnote{This
4628is not the same as the executable image file alignment controlled by @code{@value{LD}}'s
4629@samp{--section-alignment} option; image file sections in PE are aligned to
4630multiples of 4096, which is far too large an alignment for ordinary variables.
4631It is rather the default alignment for (non-debug) sections within object
4632(@samp{*.o}) files, which are less strictly aligned.}.
ccf8a69b 4633@end ifset
cd1fcb49 4634
ccf8a69b
BW
4635@ifset HPPA
4636The syntax for @code{.comm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
4637@samp{@var{symbol} .comm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
4638@end ifset
07a53e5c 4639
252b5132
RH
4640@node Data
4641@section @code{.data @var{subsection}}
4642
4643@cindex @code{data} directive
a4fb0134 4644@code{.data} tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the
252b5132
RH
4645end of the data subsection numbered @var{subsection} (which is an
4646absolute expression). If @var{subsection} is omitted, it defaults
4647to zero.
4648
4649@ifset COFF
4650@node Def
4651@section @code{.def @var{name}}
4652
4653@cindex @code{def} directive
4654@cindex COFF symbols, debugging
4655@cindex debugging COFF symbols
4656Begin defining debugging information for a symbol @var{name}; the
4657definition extends until the @code{.endef} directive is encountered.
4658@ifset BOUT
4659
a4fb0134 4660This directive is only observed when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF
252b5132
RH
4661format output; when producing @code{b.out}, @samp{.def} is recognized,
4662but ignored.
4663@end ifset
4664@end ifset
4665
4666@ifset aout-bout
4667@node Desc
4668@section @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4669
4670@cindex @code{desc} directive
4671@cindex COFF symbol descriptor
4672@cindex symbol descriptor, COFF
4673This directive sets the descriptor of the symbol (@pxref{Symbol Attributes})
4674to the low 16 bits of an absolute expression.
4675
4676@ifset COFF
a4fb0134 4677The @samp{.desc} directive is not available when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132 4678configured for COFF output; it is only for @code{a.out} or @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 4679object format. For the sake of compatibility, @command{@value{AS}} accepts
252b5132
RH
4680it, but produces no output, when configured for COFF.
4681@end ifset
4682@end ifset
4683
4684@ifset COFF
4685@node Dim
4686@section @code{.dim}
4687
4688@cindex @code{dim} directive
4689@cindex COFF auxiliary symbol information
4690@cindex auxiliary symbol information, COFF
4691This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
4692information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
4693@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs.
4694@ifset BOUT
4695
4696@samp{.dim} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 4697@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
4698ignores it.
4699@end ifset
4700@end ifset
4701
4702@node Double
4703@section @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4704
4705@cindex @code{double} directive
4706@cindex floating point numbers (double)
4707@code{.double} expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
4708assembles floating point numbers.
4709@ifset GENERIC
4710The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 4711@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
4712@end ifset
4713@ifclear GENERIC
4714@ifset IEEEFLOAT
4715On the @value{TARGET} family @samp{.double} emits 64-bit floating-point numbers
4716in @sc{ieee} format.
4717@end ifset
4718@end ifclear
4719
4720@node Eject
4721@section @code{.eject}
4722
4723@cindex @code{eject} directive
4724@cindex new page, in listings
4725@cindex page, in listings
4726@cindex listing control: new page
4727Force a page break at this point, when generating assembly listings.
4728
4729@node Else
4730@section @code{.else}
4731
4732@cindex @code{else} directive
a4fb0134 4733@code{.else} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4734assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It marks the beginning of a section
252b5132
RH
4735of code to be assembled if the condition for the preceding @code{.if}
4736was false.
4737
3fd9f047
TW
4738@node Elseif
4739@section @code{.elseif}
4740
4741@cindex @code{elseif} directive
a4fb0134 4742@code{.elseif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4743assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It is shorthand for beginning a new
3fd9f047
TW
4744@code{.if} block that would otherwise fill the entire @code{.else} section.
4745
252b5132
RH
4746@node End
4747@section @code{.end}
4748
4749@cindex @code{end} directive
a4fb0134 4750@code{.end} marks the end of the assembly file. @command{@value{AS}} does not
252b5132
RH
4751process anything in the file past the @code{.end} directive.
4752
4753@ifset COFF
4754@node Endef
4755@section @code{.endef}
4756
4757@cindex @code{endef} directive
4758This directive flags the end of a symbol definition begun with
4759@code{.def}.
4760@ifset BOUT
4761
4762@samp{.endef} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; if
a4fb0134 4763@command{@value{AS}} is configured to generate @code{b.out}, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
4764directive but ignores it.
4765@end ifset
4766@end ifset
4767
4768@node Endfunc
4769@section @code{.endfunc}
4770@cindex @code{endfunc} directive
4771@code{.endfunc} marks the end of a function specified with @code{.func}.
4772
4773@node Endif
4774@section @code{.endif}
4775
4776@cindex @code{endif} directive
a4fb0134 4777@code{.endif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional assembly;
252b5132
RH
4778it marks the end of a block of code that is only assembled
4779conditionally. @xref{If,,@code{.if}}.
4780
4781@node Equ
4782@section @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4783
4784@cindex @code{equ} directive
4785@cindex assigning values to symbols
4786@cindex symbols, assigning values to
4787This directive sets the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}.
96e9638b 4788It is synonymous with @samp{.set}; see @ref{Set,,@code{.set}}.
252b5132
RH
4789
4790@ifset HPPA
01642c12 4791The syntax for @code{equ} on the HPPA is
252b5132
RH
4792@samp{@var{symbol} .equ @var{expression}}.
4793@end ifset
4794
3c9b82ba 4795@ifset Z80
01642c12
RM
4796The syntax for @code{equ} on the Z80 is
4797@samp{@var{symbol} equ @var{expression}}.
3c9b82ba 4798On the Z80 it is an eror if @var{symbol} is already defined,
01642c12 4799but the symbol is not protected from later redefinition.
96e9638b 4800Compare @ref{Equiv}.
3c9b82ba
NC
4801@end ifset
4802
252b5132
RH
4803@node Equiv
4804@section @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4805@cindex @code{equiv} directive
4806The @code{.equiv} directive is like @code{.equ} and @code{.set}, except that
8dfa0188
NC
4807the assembler will signal an error if @var{symbol} is already defined. Note a
4808symbol which has been referenced but not actually defined is considered to be
4809undefined.
252b5132 4810
01642c12 4811Except for the contents of the error message, this is roughly equivalent to
252b5132
RH
4812@smallexample
4813.ifdef SYM
4814.err
4815.endif
4816.equ SYM,VAL
4817@end smallexample
9497f5ac
NC
4818plus it protects the symbol from later redefinition.
4819
4820@node Eqv
4821@section @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4822@cindex @code{eqv} directive
4823The @code{.eqv} directive is like @code{.equiv}, but no attempt is made to
4824evaluate the expression or any part of it immediately. Instead each time
4825the resulting symbol is used in an expression, a snapshot of its current
4826value is taken.
252b5132
RH
4827
4828@node Err
4829@section @code{.err}
4830@cindex @code{err} directive
a4fb0134
SC
4831If @command{@value{AS}} assembles a @code{.err} directive, it will print an error
4832message and, unless the @option{-Z} option was used, it will not generate an
f9eb6721 4833object file. This can be used to signal an error in conditionally compiled code.
252b5132 4834
d190d046
HPN
4835@node Error
4836@section @code{.error "@var{string}"}
4837@cindex error directive
4838
4839Similarly to @code{.err}, this directive emits an error, but you can specify a
4840string that will be emitted as the error message. If you don't specify the
4841message, it defaults to @code{".error directive invoked in source file"}.
4842@xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
4843
4844@smallexample
4845 .error "This code has not been assembled and tested."
4846@end smallexample
4847
252b5132
RH
4848@node Exitm
4849@section @code{.exitm}
4850Exit early from the current macro definition. @xref{Macro}.
4851
4852@node Extern
4853@section @code{.extern}
4854
4855@cindex @code{extern} directive
4856@code{.extern} is accepted in the source program---for compatibility
a4fb0134 4857with other assemblers---but it is ignored. @command{@value{AS}} treats
252b5132
RH
4858all undefined symbols as external.
4859
4860@node Fail
4861@section @code{.fail @var{expression}}
4862
4863@cindex @code{fail} directive
4864Generates an error or a warning. If the value of the @var{expression} is 500
a4fb0134
SC
4865or more, @command{@value{AS}} will print a warning message. If the value is less
4866than 500, @command{@value{AS}} will print an error message. The message will
252b5132
RH
4867include the value of @var{expression}. This can occasionally be useful inside
4868complex nested macros or conditional assembly.
4869
252b5132 4870@node File
14082c76 4871@section @code{.file}
252b5132 4872@cindex @code{file} directive
14082c76
BW
4873
4874@ifclear no-file-dir
4875There are two different versions of the @code{.file} directive. Targets
4876that support DWARF2 line number information use the DWARF2 version of
4877@code{.file}. Other targets use the default version.
4878
4879@subheading Default Version
4880
252b5132
RH
4881@cindex logical file name
4882@cindex file name, logical
14082c76
BW
4883This version of the @code{.file} directive tells @command{@value{AS}} that we
4884are about to start a new logical file. The syntax is:
4885
4886@smallexample
4887.file @var{string}
4888@end smallexample
4889
4890@var{string} is the new file name. In general, the filename is
252b5132
RH
4891recognized whether or not it is surrounded by quotes @samp{"}; but if you wish
4892to specify an empty file name, you must give the quotes--@code{""}. This
4893statement may go away in future: it is only recognized to be compatible with
a4fb0134 4894old @command{@value{AS}} programs.
14082c76
BW
4895
4896@subheading DWARF2 Version
252b5132
RH
4897@end ifclear
4898
14082c76
BW
4899When emitting DWARF2 line number information, @code{.file} assigns filenames
4900to the @code{.debug_line} file name table. The syntax is:
4901
4902@smallexample
4903.file @var{fileno} @var{filename}
4904@end smallexample
4905
4906The @var{fileno} operand should be a unique positive integer to use as the
4907index of the entry in the table. The @var{filename} operand is a C string
4908literal.
4909
4910The detail of filename indices is exposed to the user because the filename
4911table is shared with the @code{.debug_info} section of the DWARF2 debugging
4912information, and thus the user must know the exact indices that table
4913entries will have.
4914
252b5132
RH
4915@node Fill
4916@section @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4917
4918@cindex @code{fill} directive
4919@cindex writing patterns in memory
4920@cindex patterns, writing in memory
bc64be0c 4921@var{repeat}, @var{size} and @var{value} are absolute expressions.
252b5132
RH
4922This emits @var{repeat} copies of @var{size} bytes. @var{Repeat}
4923may be zero or more. @var{Size} may be zero or more, but if it is
4924more than 8, then it is deemed to have the value 8, compatible with
4925other people's assemblers. The contents of each @var{repeat} bytes
4926is taken from an 8-byte number. The highest order 4 bytes are
4927zero. The lowest order 4 bytes are @var{value} rendered in the
a4fb0134 4928byte-order of an integer on the computer @command{@value{AS}} is assembling for.
252b5132
RH
4929Each @var{size} bytes in a repetition is taken from the lowest order
4930@var{size} bytes of this number. Again, this bizarre behavior is
4931compatible with other people's assemblers.
4932
4933@var{size} and @var{value} are optional.
4934If the second comma and @var{value} are absent, @var{value} is
4935assumed zero. If the first comma and following tokens are absent,
4936@var{size} is assumed to be 1.
4937
4938@node Float
4939@section @code{.float @var{flonums}}
4940
4941@cindex floating point numbers (single)
4942@cindex @code{float} directive
4943This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
4944has the same effect as @code{.single}.
4945@ifset GENERIC
4946The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 4947@command{@value{AS}} is configured.
252b5132
RH
4948@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
4949@end ifset
4950@ifclear GENERIC
4951@ifset IEEEFLOAT
4952On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.float} emits 32-bit floating point numbers
4953in @sc{ieee} format.
4954@end ifset
4955@end ifclear
4956
4957@node Func
4958@section @code{.func @var{name}[,@var{label}]}
4959@cindex @code{func} directive
4960@code{.func} emits debugging information to denote function @var{name}, and
4961is ignored unless the file is assembled with debugging enabled.
05da4302 4962Only @samp{--gstabs[+]} is currently supported.
252b5132
RH
4963@var{label} is the entry point of the function and if omitted @var{name}
4964prepended with the @samp{leading char} is used.
4965@samp{leading char} is usually @code{_} or nothing, depending on the target.
4966All functions are currently defined to have @code{void} return type.
4967The function must be terminated with @code{.endfunc}.
4968
4969@node Global
4970@section @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
4971
4972@cindex @code{global} directive
4973@cindex symbol, making visible to linker
4974@code{.global} makes the symbol visible to @code{@value{LD}}. If you define
4975@var{symbol} in your partial program, its value is made available to
4976other partial programs that are linked with it. Otherwise,
4977@var{symbol} takes its attributes from a symbol of the same name
4978from another file linked into the same program.
4979
4980Both spellings (@samp{.globl} and @samp{.global}) are accepted, for
4981compatibility with other assemblers.
4982
4983@ifset HPPA
4984On the HPPA, @code{.global} is not always enough to make it accessible to other
4985partial programs. You may need the HPPA-only @code{.EXPORT} directive as well.
96e9638b 4986@xref{HPPA Directives, ,HPPA Assembler Directives}.
252b5132
RH
4987@end ifset
4988
c91d2e08 4989@ifset ELF
3a99f02f
DJ
4990@node Gnu_attribute
4991@section @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
4992Record a @sc{gnu} object attribute for this file. @xref{Object Attributes}.
4993
c91d2e08
NC
4994@node Hidden
4995@section @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4996
c1253627
NC
4997@cindex @code{hidden} directive
4998@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 4999This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5000@code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal,,@code{.internal}}) and
a349d9dd 5001@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5002
5003This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5004their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5005@code{hidden} which means that the symbols are not visible to other components.
01642c12 5006Such symbols are always considered to be @code{protected} as well.
c91d2e08
NC
5007@end ifset
5008
252b5132
RH
5009@node hword
5010@section @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
5011
5012@cindex @code{hword} directive
5013@cindex integers, 16-bit
5014@cindex numbers, 16-bit
5015@cindex sixteen bit integers
5016This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
5017a 16 bit number for each.
5018
5019@ifset GENERIC
5020This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}; depending on the target
5021architecture, it may also be a synonym for @samp{.word}.
5022@end ifset
5023@ifclear GENERIC
5024@ifset W32
5025This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}.
5026@end ifset
5027@ifset W16
5028This directive is a synonym for both @samp{.short} and @samp{.word}.
5029@end ifset
5030@end ifclear
5031
5032@node Ident
5033@section @code{.ident}
5034
5035@cindex @code{ident} directive
cb4c78d6
BE
5036
5037This directive is used by some assemblers to place tags in object files. The
5038behavior of this directive varies depending on the target. When using the
5039a.out object file format, @command{@value{AS}} simply accepts the directive for
5040source-file compatibility with existing assemblers, but does not emit anything
5041for it. When using COFF, comments are emitted to the @code{.comment} or
5042@code{.rdata} section, depending on the target. When using ELF, comments are
5043emitted to the @code{.comment} section.
252b5132
RH
5044
5045@node If
5046@section @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
5047
5048@cindex conditional assembly
5049@cindex @code{if} directive
5050@code{.if} marks the beginning of a section of code which is only
5051considered part of the source program being assembled if the argument
5052(which must be an @var{absolute expression}) is non-zero. The end of
5053the conditional section of code must be marked by @code{.endif}
5054(@pxref{Endif,,@code{.endif}}); optionally, you may include code for the
5055alternative condition, flagged by @code{.else} (@pxref{Else,,@code{.else}}).
3fd9f047
TW
5056If you have several conditions to check, @code{.elseif} may be used to avoid
5057nesting blocks if/else within each subsequent @code{.else} block.
252b5132
RH
5058
5059The following variants of @code{.if} are also supported:
5060@table @code
5061@cindex @code{ifdef} directive
5062@item .ifdef @var{symbol}
5063Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5064has been defined. Note a symbol which has been referenced but not yet defined
5065is considered to be undefined.
252b5132 5066
26aca5f6
JB
5067@cindex @code{ifb} directive
5068@item .ifb @var{text}
5069Assembles the following section of code if the operand is blank (empty).
5070
252b5132
RH
5071@cindex @code{ifc} directive
5072@item .ifc @var{string1},@var{string2}
5073Assembles the following section of code if the two strings are the same. The
5074strings may be optionally quoted with single quotes. If they are not quoted,
5075the first string stops at the first comma, and the second string stops at the
5076end of the line. Strings which contain whitespace should be quoted. The
5077string comparison is case sensitive.
5078
5079@cindex @code{ifeq} directive
5080@item .ifeq @var{absolute expression}
5081Assembles the following section of code if the argument is zero.
5082
5083@cindex @code{ifeqs} directive
5084@item .ifeqs @var{string1},@var{string2}
5085Another form of @code{.ifc}. The strings must be quoted using double quotes.
5086
5087@cindex @code{ifge} directive
5088@item .ifge @var{absolute expression}
5089Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than or
5090equal to zero.
5091
5092@cindex @code{ifgt} directive
5093@item .ifgt @var{absolute expression}
5094Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than zero.
5095
5096@cindex @code{ifle} directive
5097@item .ifle @var{absolute expression}
5098Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than or equal
5099to zero.
5100
5101@cindex @code{iflt} directive
5102@item .iflt @var{absolute expression}
5103Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than zero.
5104
26aca5f6
JB
5105@cindex @code{ifnb} directive
5106@item .ifnb @var{text}
5107Like @code{.ifb}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5108following section of code if the operand is non-blank (non-empty).
5109
252b5132
RH
5110@cindex @code{ifnc} directive
5111@item .ifnc @var{string1},@var{string2}.
5112Like @code{.ifc}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5113following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5114
5115@cindex @code{ifndef} directive
5116@cindex @code{ifnotdef} directive
5117@item .ifndef @var{symbol}
5118@itemx .ifnotdef @var{symbol}
5119Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5120has not been defined. Both spelling variants are equivalent. Note a symbol
5121which has been referenced but not yet defined is considered to be undefined.
252b5132
RH
5122
5123@cindex @code{ifne} directive
5124@item .ifne @var{absolute expression}
5125Assembles the following section of code if the argument is not equal to zero
5126(in other words, this is equivalent to @code{.if}).
5127
5128@cindex @code{ifnes} directive
5129@item .ifnes @var{string1},@var{string2}
5130Like @code{.ifeqs}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5131following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5132@end table
5133
7e005732
NC
5134@node Incbin
5135@section @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
5136
5137@cindex @code{incbin} directive
5138@cindex binary files, including
5139The @code{incbin} directive includes @var{file} verbatim at the current
5140location. You can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line
5141option (@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5142around @var{file}.
5143
5144The @var{skip} argument skips a number of bytes from the start of the
5145@var{file}. The @var{count} argument indicates the maximum number of bytes to
15dcfbc3
NC
5146read. Note that the data is not aligned in any way, so it is the user's
5147responsibility to make sure that proper alignment is provided both before and
5148after the @code{incbin} directive.
7e005732 5149
252b5132
RH
5150@node Include
5151@section @code{.include "@var{file}"}
5152
5153@cindex @code{include} directive
5154@cindex supporting files, including
5155@cindex files, including
5156This directive provides a way to include supporting files at specified
5157points in your source program. The code from @var{file} is assembled as
5158if it followed the point of the @code{.include}; when the end of the
5159included file is reached, assembly of the original file continues. You
5160can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line option
5161(@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5162around @var{file}.
5163
5164@node Int
5165@section @code{.int @var{expressions}}
5166
5167@cindex @code{int} directive
5168@cindex integers, 32-bit
5169Expect zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section, separated by commas.
5170For each expression, emit a number that, at run time, is the value of that
5171expression. The byte order and bit size of the number depends on what kind
5172of target the assembly is for.
5173
5174@ifclear GENERIC
5175@ifset H8
7be1c489 5176On most forms of the H8/300, @code{.int} emits 16-bit
c2dcd04e 5177integers. On the H8/300H and the Renesas SH, however, @code{.int} emits
252b5132
RH
517832-bit integers.
5179@end ifset
5180@end ifclear
5181
c91d2e08
NC
5182@ifset ELF
5183@node Internal
5184@section @code{.internal @var{names}}
5185
c1253627
NC
5186@cindex @code{internal} directive
5187@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5188This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5189@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden,,@code{.hidden}}) and
a349d9dd 5190@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5191
5192This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5193their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5194@code{internal} which means that the symbols are considered to be @code{hidden}
c1253627 5195(i.e., not visible to other components), and that some extra, processor specific
c91d2e08
NC
5196processing must also be performed upon the symbols as well.
5197@end ifset
5198
252b5132
RH
5199@node Irp
5200@section @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5201
5202@cindex @code{irp} directive
5203Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5204The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irp} directive, and is
5205terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each @var{value}, @var{symbol} is
5206set to @var{value}, and the sequence of statements is assembled. If no
5207@var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is assembled once, with
5208@var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to @var{symbol} within the
5209sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5210
5211For example, assembling
5212
5213@example
5214 .irp param,1,2,3
5215 move d\param,sp@@-
5216 .endr
5217@end example
5218
5219is equivalent to assembling
5220
5221@example
5222 move d1,sp@@-
5223 move d2,sp@@-
5224 move d3,sp@@-
5225@end example
5226
96e9638b 5227For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also @ref{Macro}.
5e75c3ab 5228
252b5132
RH
5229@node Irpc
5230@section @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5231
5232@cindex @code{irpc} directive
5233Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5234The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irpc} directive, and is
5235terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each character in @var{value},
5236@var{symbol} is set to the character, and the sequence of statements is
5237assembled. If no @var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is
5238assembled once, with @var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to
5239@var{symbol} within the sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5240
5241For example, assembling
5242
5243@example
5244 .irpc param,123
5245 move d\param,sp@@-
5246 .endr
5247@end example
5248
5249is equivalent to assembling
5250
5251@example
5252 move d1,sp@@-
5253 move d2,sp@@-
5254 move d3,sp@@-
5255@end example
5256
5e75c3ab
JB
5257For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also the discussion
5258at @xref{Macro}.
5259
252b5132
RH
5260@node Lcomm
5261@section @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
5262
5263@cindex @code{lcomm} directive
5264@cindex local common symbols
5265@cindex symbols, local common
5266Reserve @var{length} (an absolute expression) bytes for a local common
5267denoted by @var{symbol}. The section and value of @var{symbol} are
5268those of the new local common. The addresses are allocated in the bss
5269section, so that at run-time the bytes start off zeroed. @var{Symbol}
5270is not declared global (@pxref{Global,,@code{.global}}), so is normally
5271not visible to @code{@value{LD}}.
5272
5273@ifset GENERIC
5274Some targets permit a third argument to be used with @code{.lcomm}. This
5275argument specifies the desired alignment of the symbol in the bss section.
5276@end ifset
5277
5278@ifset HPPA
5279The syntax for @code{.lcomm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
5280@samp{@var{symbol} .lcomm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
5281@end ifset
5282
5283@node Lflags
5284@section @code{.lflags}
5285
5286@cindex @code{lflags} directive (ignored)
a4fb0134 5287@command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive, for compatibility with other
252b5132
RH
5288assemblers, but ignores it.
5289
5290@ifclear no-line-dir
5291@node Line
5292@section @code{.line @var{line-number}}
5293
5294@cindex @code{line} directive
252b5132
RH
5295@cindex logical line number
5296@ifset aout-bout
5297Change the logical line number. @var{line-number} must be an absolute
5298expression. The next line has that logical line number. Therefore any other
5299statements on the current line (after a statement separator character) are
5300reported as on logical line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1. One day
a4fb0134 5301@command{@value{AS}} will no longer support this directive: it is recognized only
252b5132 5302for compatibility with existing assembler programs.
252b5132
RH
5303@end ifset
5304
252b5132 5305Even though this is a directive associated with the @code{a.out} or
a4fb0134 5306@code{b.out} object-code formats, @command{@value{AS}} still recognizes it
252b5132
RH
5307when producing COFF output, and treats @samp{.line} as though it
5308were the COFF @samp{.ln} @emph{if} it is found outside a
5309@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair.
5310
5311Inside a @code{.def}, @samp{.line} is, instead, one of the directives
5312used by compilers to generate auxiliary symbol information for
5313debugging.
5314@end ifclear
5315
5316@node Linkonce
5317@section @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
5318@cindex COMDAT
5319@cindex @code{linkonce} directive
5320@cindex common sections
5321Mark the current section so that the linker only includes a single copy of it.
5322This may be used to include the same section in several different object files,
5323but ensure that the linker will only include it once in the final output file.
5324The @code{.linkonce} pseudo-op must be used for each instance of the section.
5325Duplicate sections are detected based on the section name, so it should be
5326unique.
5327
5328This directive is only supported by a few object file formats; as of this
5329writing, the only object file format which supports it is the Portable
5330Executable format used on Windows NT.
5331
5332The @var{type} argument is optional. If specified, it must be one of the
5333following strings. For example:
5334@smallexample
5335.linkonce same_size
5336@end smallexample
5337Not all types may be supported on all object file formats.
5338
5339@table @code
5340@item discard
5341Silently discard duplicate sections. This is the default.
5342
5343@item one_only
5344Warn if there are duplicate sections, but still keep only one copy.
5345
5346@item same_size
5347Warn if any of the duplicates have different sizes.
5348
5349@item same_contents
5350Warn if any of the duplicates do not have exactly the same contents.
5351@end table
5352
ccf8a69b
BW
5353@node List
5354@section @code{.list}
5355
5356@cindex @code{list} directive
5357@cindex listing control, turning on
5358Control (in conjunction with the @code{.nolist} directive) whether or
5359not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5360internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5361counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5362generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5363
5364By default, listings are disabled. When you enable them (with the
5365@samp{-a} command line option; @pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}),
5366the initial value of the listing counter is one.
5367
252b5132
RH
5368@node Ln
5369@section @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
5370
5371@cindex @code{ln} directive
5372@ifclear no-line-dir
5373@samp{.ln} is a synonym for @samp{.line}.
5374@end ifclear
5375@ifset no-line-dir
a4fb0134 5376Tell @command{@value{AS}} to change the logical line number. @var{line-number}
252b5132
RH
5377must be an absolute expression. The next line has that logical
5378line number, so any other statements on the current line (after a
5379statement separator character @code{;}) are reported as on logical
5380line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1.
5381@ifset BOUT
5382
a4fb0134 5383This directive is accepted, but ignored, when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
5384configured for @code{b.out}; its effect is only associated with COFF
5385output format.
5386@end ifset
5387@end ifset
5388
ccf8a69b
BW
5389@node Loc
5390@section @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno} [@var{column}] [@var{options}]}
5391@cindex @code{loc} directive
5392When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5393the @code{.loc} directive will add a row to the @code{.debug_line} line
5394number matrix corresponding to the immediately following assembly
5395instruction. The @var{fileno}, @var{lineno}, and optional @var{column}
5396arguments will be applied to the @code{.debug_line} state machine before
5397the row is added.
252b5132 5398
ccf8a69b
BW
5399The @var{options} are a sequence of the following tokens in any order:
5400
5401@table @code
5402@item basic_block
5403This option will set the @code{basic_block} register in the
5404@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5405
5406@item prologue_end
5407This option will set the @code{prologue_end} register in the
5408@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5409
5410@item epilogue_begin
5411This option will set the @code{epilogue_begin} register in the
5412@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5413
5414@item is_stmt @var{value}
5415This option will set the @code{is_stmt} register in the
01642c12 5416@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{value}, which must be
ccf8a69b
BW
5417either 0 or 1.
5418
5419@item isa @var{value}
5420This directive will set the @code{isa} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5421state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5422
92846e72
CC
5423@item discriminator @var{value}
5424This directive will set the @code{discriminator} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5425state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5426
ccf8a69b
BW
5427@end table
5428
5429@node Loc_mark_labels
5430@section @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
5431@cindex @code{loc_mark_labels} directive
5432When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5433the @code{.loc_mark_labels} directive makes the assembler emit an entry
5434to the @code{.debug_line} line number matrix with the @code{basic_block}
5435register in the state machine set whenever a code label is seen.
5436The @var{enable} argument should be either 1 or 0, to enable or disable
5437this function respectively.
252b5132 5438
4d4175af
BW
5439@ifset ELF
5440@node Local
5441@section @code{.local @var{names}}
5442
5443@cindex @code{local} directive
5444This directive, which is available for ELF targets, marks each symbol in
5445the comma-separated list of @code{names} as a local symbol so that it
5446will not be externally visible. If the symbols do not already exist,
5447they will be created.
5448
5449For targets where the @code{.lcomm} directive (@pxref{Lcomm}) does not
5450accept an alignment argument, which is the case for most ELF targets,
5451the @code{.local} directive can be used in combination with @code{.comm}
5452(@pxref{Comm}) to define aligned local common data.
5453@end ifset
5454
252b5132
RH
5455@node Long
5456@section @code{.long @var{expressions}}
5457
5458@cindex @code{long} directive
96e9638b 5459@code{.long} is the same as @samp{.int}. @xref{Int,,@code{.int}}.
252b5132
RH
5460
5461@ignore
5462@c no one seems to know what this is for or whether this description is
5463@c what it really ought to do
5464@node Lsym
5465@section @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5466
5467@cindex @code{lsym} directive
5468@cindex symbol, not referenced in assembly
5469@code{.lsym} creates a new symbol named @var{symbol}, but does not put it in
5470the hash table, ensuring it cannot be referenced by name during the
5471rest of the assembly. This sets the attributes of the symbol to be
5472the same as the expression value:
5473@smallexample
5474@var{other} = @var{descriptor} = 0
5475@var{type} = @r{(section of @var{expression})}
5476@var{value} = @var{expression}
5477@end smallexample
5478@noindent
5479The new symbol is not flagged as external.
5480@end ignore
5481
5482@node Macro
5483@section @code{.macro}
5484
5485@cindex macros
5486The commands @code{.macro} and @code{.endm} allow you to define macros that
5487generate assembly output. For example, this definition specifies a macro
5488@code{sum} that puts a sequence of numbers into memory:
5489
5490@example
5491 .macro sum from=0, to=5
5492 .long \from
5493 .if \to-\from
5494 sum "(\from+1)",\to
5495 .endif
5496 .endm
5497@end example
5498
5499@noindent
5500With that definition, @samp{SUM 0,5} is equivalent to this assembly input:
5501
5502@example
5503 .long 0
5504 .long 1
5505 .long 2
5506 .long 3
5507 .long 4
5508 .long 5
5509@end example
5510
5511@ftable @code
5512@item .macro @var{macname}
5513@itemx .macro @var{macname} @var{macargs} @dots{}
5514@cindex @code{macro} directive
5515Begin the definition of a macro called @var{macname}. If your macro
5516definition requires arguments, specify their names after the macro name,
6eaeac8a
JB
5517separated by commas or spaces. You can qualify the macro argument to
5518indicate whether all invocations must specify a non-blank value (through
5519@samp{:@code{req}}), or whether it takes all of the remaining arguments
5520(through @samp{:@code{vararg}}). You can supply a default value for any
fffeaa5f
JB
5521macro argument by following the name with @samp{=@var{deflt}}. You
5522cannot define two macros with the same @var{macname} unless it has been
96e9638b 5523subject to the @code{.purgem} directive (@pxref{Purgem}) between the two
fffeaa5f 5524definitions. For example, these are all valid @code{.macro} statements:
252b5132
RH
5525
5526@table @code
5527@item .macro comm
5528Begin the definition of a macro called @code{comm}, which takes no
5529arguments.
5530
6258339f 5531@item .macro plus1 p, p1
252b5132
RH
5532@itemx .macro plus1 p p1
5533Either statement begins the definition of a macro called @code{plus1},
5534which takes two arguments; within the macro definition, write
5535@samp{\p} or @samp{\p1} to evaluate the arguments.
5536
5537@item .macro reserve_str p1=0 p2
5538Begin the definition of a macro called @code{reserve_str}, with two
5539arguments. The first argument has a default value, but not the second.
5540After the definition is complete, you can call the macro either as
5541@samp{reserve_str @var{a},@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating to
5542@var{a} and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}), or as @samp{reserve_str
5543,@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating as the default, in this case
5544@samp{0}, and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}).
252b5132 5545
6eaeac8a
JB
5546@item .macro m p1:req, p2=0, p3:vararg
5547Begin the definition of a macro called @code{m}, with at least three
5548arguments. The first argument must always have a value specified, but
5549not the second, which instead has a default value. The third formal
5550will get assigned all remaining arguments specified at invocation time.
5551
252b5132
RH
5552When you call a macro, you can specify the argument values either by
5553position, or by keyword. For example, @samp{sum 9,17} is equivalent to
5554@samp{sum to=17, from=9}.
5555
6258339f
NC
5556@end table
5557
5e75c3ab
JB
5558Note that since each of the @var{macargs} can be an identifier exactly
5559as any other one permitted by the target architecture, there may be
5560occasional problems if the target hand-crafts special meanings to certain
6258339f 5561characters when they occur in a special position. For example, if the colon
5e75c3ab 5562(@code{:}) is generally permitted to be part of a symbol name, but the
6258339f 5563architecture specific code special-cases it when occurring as the final
5e75c3ab
JB
5564character of a symbol (to denote a label), then the macro parameter
5565replacement code will have no way of knowing that and consider the whole
5566construct (including the colon) an identifier, and check only this
6258339f
NC
5567identifier for being the subject to parameter substitution. So for example
5568this macro definition:
5569
5570@example
5571 .macro label l
5572\l:
5573 .endm
5574@end example
5575
5576might not work as expected. Invoking @samp{label foo} might not create a label
5577called @samp{foo} but instead just insert the text @samp{\l:} into the
5578assembler source, probably generating an error about an unrecognised
5579identifier.
5580
5581Similarly problems might occur with the period character (@samp{.})
5582which is often allowed inside opcode names (and hence identifier names). So
5583for example constructing a macro to build an opcode from a base name and a
5584length specifier like this:
5585
5586@example
5587 .macro opcode base length
5588 \base.\length
5589 .endm
5590@end example
5591
5592and invoking it as @samp{opcode store l} will not create a @samp{store.l}
5593instruction but instead generate some kind of error as the assembler tries to
5594interpret the text @samp{\base.\length}.
5595
5596There are several possible ways around this problem:
5597
5598@table @code
5599@item Insert white space
5600If it is possible to use white space characters then this is the simplest
5601solution. eg:
5602
5603@example
5604 .macro label l
5605\l :
5606 .endm
5607@end example
5608
5609@item Use @samp{\()}
5610The string @samp{\()} can be used to separate the end of a macro argument from
5611the following text. eg:
5612
5613@example
5614 .macro opcode base length
5615 \base\().\length
5616 .endm
5617@end example
5618
5619@item Use the alternate macro syntax mode
5620In the alternative macro syntax mode the ampersand character (@samp{&}) can be
5621used as a separator. eg:
5e75c3ab
JB
5622
5623@example
5624 .altmacro
5625 .macro label l
5626l&:
5627 .endm
5628@end example
6258339f 5629@end table
5e75c3ab 5630
96e9638b 5631Note: this problem of correctly identifying string parameters to pseudo ops
01642c12 5632also applies to the identifiers used in @code{.irp} (@pxref{Irp})
96e9638b 5633and @code{.irpc} (@pxref{Irpc}) as well.
5e75c3ab 5634
252b5132
RH
5635@item .endm
5636@cindex @code{endm} directive
5637Mark the end of a macro definition.
5638
5639@item .exitm
5640@cindex @code{exitm} directive
5641Exit early from the current macro definition.
5642
5643@cindex number of macros executed
5644@cindex macros, count executed
5645@item \@@
a4fb0134 5646@command{@value{AS}} maintains a counter of how many macros it has
252b5132
RH
5647executed in this pseudo-variable; you can copy that number to your
5648output with @samp{\@@}, but @emph{only within a macro definition}.
5649
252b5132
RH
5650@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
5651@emph{Warning: @code{LOCAL} is only available if you select ``alternate
caa32fe5
NC
5652macro syntax'' with @samp{--alternate} or @code{.altmacro}.}
5653@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
5654@end ftable
252b5132 5655
ccf8a69b
BW
5656@node MRI
5657@section @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 5658
ccf8a69b
BW
5659@cindex @code{mri} directive
5660@cindex MRI mode, temporarily
5661If @var{val} is non-zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to enter MRI mode. If
5662@var{val} is zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to exit MRI mode. This change
5663affects code assembled until the next @code{.mri} directive, or until the end
5664of the file. @xref{M, MRI mode, MRI mode}.
252b5132 5665
caa32fe5
NC
5666@node Noaltmacro
5667@section @code{.noaltmacro}
96e9638b 5668Disable alternate macro mode. @xref{Altmacro}.
caa32fe5 5669
252b5132
RH
5670@node Nolist
5671@section @code{.nolist}
5672
5673@cindex @code{nolist} directive
5674@cindex listing control, turning off
5675Control (in conjunction with the @code{.list} directive) whether or
5676not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5677internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5678counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5679generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5680
5681@node Octa
5682@section @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
5683
5684@c FIXME: double size emitted for "octa" on i960, others? Or warn?
5685@cindex @code{octa} directive
5686@cindex integer, 16-byte
5687@cindex sixteen byte integer
5688This directive expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For each
5689bignum, it emits a 16-byte integer.
5690
5691The term ``octa'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
5692hence @emph{octa}-word for 16 bytes.
5693
9aec2026
NC
5694@node Offset
5695@section @code{.offset @var{loc}}
5696
5697@cindex @code{offset} directive
5698Set the location counter to @var{loc} in the absolute section. @var{loc} must
5699be an absolute expression. This directive may be useful for defining
5700symbols with absolute values. Do not confuse it with the @code{.org}
fa94de6b 5701directive.
9aec2026 5702
252b5132
RH
5703@node Org
5704@section @code{.org @var{new-lc} , @var{fill}}
5705
5706@cindex @code{org} directive
5707@cindex location counter, advancing
5708@cindex advancing location counter
5709@cindex current address, advancing
5710Advance the location counter of the current section to
5711@var{new-lc}. @var{new-lc} is either an absolute expression or an
5712expression with the same section as the current subsection. That is,
5713you can't use @code{.org} to cross sections: if @var{new-lc} has the
5714wrong section, the @code{.org} directive is ignored. To be compatible
5715with former assemblers, if the section of @var{new-lc} is absolute,
a4fb0134 5716@command{@value{AS}} issues a warning, then pretends the section of @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5717is the same as the current subsection.
5718
5719@code{.org} may only increase the location counter, or leave it
5720unchanged; you cannot use @code{.org} to move the location counter
5721backwards.
5722
5723@c double negative used below "not undefined" because this is a specific
5724@c reference to "undefined" (as SEG_UNKNOWN is called in this manual)
5725@c section. doc@cygnus.com 18feb91
a4fb0134 5726Because @command{@value{AS}} tries to assemble programs in one pass, @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5727may not be undefined. If you really detest this restriction we eagerly await
5728a chance to share your improved assembler.
5729
5730Beware that the origin is relative to the start of the section, not
5731to the start of the subsection. This is compatible with other
5732people's assemblers.
5733
5734When the location counter (of the current subsection) is advanced, the
5735intervening bytes are filled with @var{fill} which should be an
5736absolute expression. If the comma and @var{fill} are omitted,
5737@var{fill} defaults to zero.
5738
5739@node P2align
5740@section @code{.p2align[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
5741
5742@cindex padding the location counter given a power of two
5743@cindex @code{p2align} directive
5744Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
5745storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
5746number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
5747advancement. For example @samp{.p2align 3} advances the location
5748counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
5749multiple of 8, no change is needed.
5750
5751The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
5752padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
5753padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
5754marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
5755with no-op instructions.
5756
5757The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
5758it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
5759directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
5760specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
5761fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
5762required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
5763with no-op instructions when appropriate.
5764
5765@cindex @code{p2alignw} directive
5766@cindex @code{p2alignl} directive
5767The @code{.p2alignw} and @code{.p2alignl} directives are variants of the
5768@code{.p2align} directive. The @code{.p2alignw} directive treats the fill
5769pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.p2alignl} directives treats the
5770fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.p2alignw
57712,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
5772filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
5773the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
5774undefined.
5775
ccf8a69b
BW
5776@ifset ELF
5777@node PopSection
5778@section @code{.popsection}
5779
5780@cindex @code{popsection} directive
5781@cindex Section Stack
5782This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
5783@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5784@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.previous}
ccf8a69b
BW
5785(@pxref{Previous}).
5786
5787This directive replaces the current section (and subsection) with the top
5788section (and subsection) on the section stack. This section is popped off the
01642c12 5789stack.
ccf8a69b
BW
5790@end ifset
5791
c91d2e08
NC
5792@ifset ELF
5793@node Previous
5794@section @code{.previous}
5795
c1253627 5796@cindex @code{previous} directive
c91d2e08
NC
5797@cindex Section Stack
5798This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
5799@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5800@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.popsection}
5801(@pxref{PopSection}).
c91d2e08
NC
5802
5803This directive swaps the current section (and subsection) with most recently
8b040e0a 5804referenced section/subsection pair prior to this one. Multiple
c91d2e08 5805@code{.previous} directives in a row will flip between two sections (and their
8b040e0a
NC
5806subsections). For example:
5807
5808@smallexample
5809.section A
5810 .subsection 1
5811 .word 0x1234
5812 .subsection 2
5813 .word 0x5678
5814.previous
5815 .word 0x9abc
5816@end smallexample
5817
5818Will place 0x1234 and 0x9abc into subsection 1 and 0x5678 into subsection 2 of
5819section A. Whilst:
5820
5821@smallexample
5822.section A
5823.subsection 1
5824 # Now in section A subsection 1
5825 .word 0x1234
5826.section B
5827.subsection 0
5828 # Now in section B subsection 0
5829 .word 0x5678
5830.subsection 1
5831 # Now in section B subsection 1
5832 .word 0x9abc
5833.previous
5834 # Now in section B subsection 0
5835 .word 0xdef0
5836@end smallexample
5837
5838Will place 0x1234 into section A, 0x5678 and 0xdef0 into subsection 0 of
5839section B and 0x9abc into subsection 1 of section B.
c91d2e08
NC
5840
5841In terms of the section stack, this directive swaps the current section with
5842the top section on the section stack.
5843@end ifset
5844
252b5132
RH
5845@node Print
5846@section @code{.print @var{string}}
5847
5848@cindex @code{print} directive
a4fb0134 5849@command{@value{AS}} will print @var{string} on the standard output during
252b5132
RH
5850assembly. You must put @var{string} in double quotes.
5851
c91d2e08
NC
5852@ifset ELF
5853@node Protected
5854@section @code{.protected @var{names}}
5855
c1253627
NC
5856@cindex @code{protected} directive
5857@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5858This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd 5859@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden}) and @code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal}).
c91d2e08
NC
5860
5861This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5862their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5863@code{protected} which means that any references to the symbols from within the
5864components that defines them must be resolved to the definition in that
5865component, even if a definition in another component would normally preempt
01642c12 5866this.
c91d2e08
NC
5867@end ifset
5868
252b5132
RH
5869@node Psize
5870@section @code{.psize @var{lines} , @var{columns}}
5871
5872@cindex @code{psize} directive
5873@cindex listing control: paper size
5874@cindex paper size, for listings
5875Use this directive to declare the number of lines---and, optionally, the
5876number of columns---to use for each page, when generating listings.
5877
5878If you do not use @code{.psize}, listings use a default line-count
5879of 60. You may omit the comma and @var{columns} specification; the
5880default width is 200 columns.
5881
a4fb0134 5882@command{@value{AS}} generates formfeeds whenever the specified number of
252b5132
RH
5883lines is exceeded (or whenever you explicitly request one, using
5884@code{.eject}).
5885
5886If you specify @var{lines} as @code{0}, no formfeeds are generated save
5887those explicitly specified with @code{.eject}.
5888
5889@node Purgem
5890@section @code{.purgem @var{name}}
5891
5892@cindex @code{purgem} directive
5893Undefine the macro @var{name}, so that later uses of the string will not be
5894expanded. @xref{Macro}.
5895
c91d2e08
NC
5896@ifset ELF
5897@node PushSection
9cfc3331 5898@section @code{.pushsection @var{name} [, @var{subsection}] [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{arguments}]]]}
c91d2e08 5899
c1253627 5900@cindex @code{pushsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
5901@cindex Section Stack
5902This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
5903@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5904@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 5905(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 5906
e9863d7f
DJ
5907This directive pushes the current section (and subsection) onto the
5908top of the section stack, and then replaces the current section and
9cfc3331
L
5909subsection with @code{name} and @code{subsection}. The optional
5910@code{flags}, @code{type} and @code{arguments} are treated the same
5911as in the @code{.section} (@pxref{Section}) directive.
c91d2e08
NC
5912@end ifset
5913
252b5132
RH
5914@node Quad
5915@section @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
5916
5917@cindex @code{quad} directive
5918@code{.quad} expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For
5919each bignum, it emits
5920@ifclear bignum-16
5921an 8-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 8 bytes, it prints a
5922warning message; and just takes the lowest order 8 bytes of the bignum.
5923@cindex eight-byte integer
5924@cindex integer, 8-byte
5925
5926The term ``quad'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
5927hence @emph{quad}-word for 8 bytes.
5928@end ifclear
5929@ifset bignum-16
5930a 16-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 16 bytes, it prints a
5931warning message; and just takes the lowest order 16 bytes of the bignum.
5932@cindex sixteen-byte integer
5933@cindex integer, 16-byte
5934@end ifset
5935
05e9452c
AM
5936@node Reloc
5937@section @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
5938
5939@cindex @code{reloc} directive
5940Generate a relocation at @var{offset} of type @var{reloc_name} with value
5941@var{expression}. If @var{offset} is a number, the relocation is generated in
5942the current section. If @var{offset} is an expression that resolves to a
5943symbol plus offset, the relocation is generated in the given symbol's section.
5944@var{expression}, if present, must resolve to a symbol plus addend or to an
5945absolute value, but note that not all targets support an addend. e.g. ELF REL
5946targets such as i386 store an addend in the section contents rather than in the
5947relocation. This low level interface does not support addends stored in the
5948section.
5949
252b5132
RH
5950@node Rept
5951@section @code{.rept @var{count}}
5952
5953@cindex @code{rept} directive
5954Repeat the sequence of lines between the @code{.rept} directive and the next
5955@code{.endr} directive @var{count} times.
5956
5957For example, assembling
5958
5959@example
5960 .rept 3
5961 .long 0
5962 .endr
5963@end example
5964
5965is equivalent to assembling
5966
5967@example
5968 .long 0
5969 .long 0
5970 .long 0
5971@end example
5972
5973@node Sbttl
5974@section @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
5975
5976@cindex @code{sbttl} directive
5977@cindex subtitles for listings
5978@cindex listing control: subtitle
5979Use @var{subheading} as the title (third line, immediately after the
5980title line) when generating assembly listings.
5981
5982This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
5983it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
5984
5985@ifset COFF
5986@node Scl
5987@section @code{.scl @var{class}}
5988
5989@cindex @code{scl} directive
5990@cindex symbol storage class (COFF)
5991@cindex COFF symbol storage class
5992Set the storage-class value for a symbol. This directive may only be
5993used inside a @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair. Storage class may flag
5994whether a symbol is static or external, or it may record further
5995symbolic debugging information.
5996@ifset BOUT
5997
5998The @samp{.scl} directive is primarily associated with COFF output; when
a4fb0134 5999configured to generate @code{b.out} output format, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
6000accepts this directive but ignores it.
6001@end ifset
6002@end ifset
6003
c1253627 6004@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6005@node Section
c1253627 6006@section @code{.section @var{name}}
252b5132 6007
252b5132
RH
6008@cindex named section
6009Use the @code{.section} directive to assemble the following code into a section
6010named @var{name}.
6011
6012This directive is only supported for targets that actually support arbitrarily
6013named sections; on @code{a.out} targets, for example, it is not accepted, even
6014with a standard @code{a.out} section name.
6015
c1253627
NC
6016@ifset COFF
6017@ifset ELF
6018@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6019@subheading COFF Version
6020@end ifset
6021
6022@cindex @code{section} directive (COFF version)
252b5132
RH
6023For COFF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used in one of the following
6024ways:
c91d2e08 6025
252b5132
RH
6026@smallexample
6027.section @var{name}[, "@var{flags}"]
4e188d17 6028.section @var{name}[, @var{subsection}]
252b5132
RH
6029@end smallexample
6030
6031If the optional argument is quoted, it is taken as flags to use for the
6032section. Each flag is a single character. The following flags are recognized:
6033@table @code
6034@item b
6035bss section (uninitialized data)
6036@item n
6037section is not loaded
6038@item w
6039writable section
6040@item d
6041data section
70e0ee1a
KT
6042@item e
6043exclude section from linking
252b5132
RH
6044@item r
6045read-only section
6046@item x
6047executable section
2dcc60be
ILT
6048@item s
6049shared section (meaningful for PE targets)
6ff96af6
NC
6050@item a
6051ignored. (For compatibility with the ELF version)
63ad59ae
KT
6052@item y
6053section is not readable (meaningful for PE targets)
31907d5e
DK
6054@item 0-9
6055single-digit power-of-two section alignment (GNU extension)
252b5132
RH
6056@end table
6057
6058If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6059the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to be
7e84d676
NC
6060loaded and writable. Note the @code{n} and @code{w} flags remove attributes
6061from the section, rather than adding them, so if they are used on their own it
6062will be as if no flags had been specified at all.
252b5132
RH
6063
6064If the optional argument to the @code{.section} directive is not quoted, it is
4e188d17 6065taken as a subsection number (@pxref{Sub-Sections}).
c1253627 6066@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6067
6068@ifset ELF
c1253627
NC
6069@ifset COFF
6070@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6071@subheading ELF Version
6072@end ifset
6073
c91d2e08
NC
6074@cindex Section Stack
6075This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12 6076@code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}), @code{.pushsection}
a349d9dd
PB
6077(@pxref{PushSection}), @code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and
6078@code{.previous} (@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6079
c1253627 6080@cindex @code{section} directive (ELF version)
252b5132 6081For ELF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6082
252b5132 6083@smallexample
7047dd1e 6084.section @var{name} [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{flag_specific_arguments}]]]
252b5132 6085@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6086
252b5132 6087The optional @var{flags} argument is a quoted string which may contain any
a349d9dd 6088combination of the following characters:
252b5132
RH
6089@table @code
6090@item a
6091section is allocatable
18ae9cc1
L
6092@item e
6093section is excluded from executable and shared library.
252b5132
RH
6094@item w
6095section is writable
6096@item x
6097section is executable
ec38dd05
JJ
6098@item M
6099section is mergeable
6100@item S
6101section contains zero terminated strings
22fe14ad
NC
6102@item G
6103section is a member of a section group
6104@item T
6105section is used for thread-local-storage
01642c12
RM
6106@item ?
6107section is a member of the previously-current section's group, if any
252b5132
RH
6108@end table
6109
6110The optional @var{type} argument may contain one of the following constants:
6111@table @code
6112@item @@progbits
6113section contains data
6114@item @@nobits
6115section does not contain data (i.e., section only occupies space)
22fe14ad
NC
6116@item @@note
6117section contains data which is used by things other than the program
10b016c2
PB
6118@item @@init_array
6119section contains an array of pointers to init functions
6120@item @@fini_array
6121section contains an array of pointers to finish functions
6122@item @@preinit_array
6123section contains an array of pointers to pre-init functions
252b5132
RH
6124@end table
6125
10b016c2
PB
6126Many targets only support the first three section types.
6127
ececec60
NC
6128Note on targets where the @code{@@} character is the start of a comment (eg
6129ARM) then another character is used instead. For example the ARM port uses the
6130@code{%} character.
6131
22fe14ad 6132If @var{flags} contains the @code{M} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
96e9638b 6133be specified as well as an extra argument---@var{entsize}---like this:
22fe14ad
NC
6134
6135@smallexample
6136.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"M, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}
6137@end smallexample
6138
6139Sections with the @code{M} flag but not @code{S} flag must contain fixed size
6140constants, each @var{entsize} octets long. Sections with both @code{M} and
6141@code{S} must contain zero terminated strings where each character is
6142@var{entsize} bytes long. The linker may remove duplicates within sections with
6143the same name, same entity size and same flags. @var{entsize} must be an
90dce00a
AM
6144absolute expression. For sections with both @code{M} and @code{S}, a string
6145which is a suffix of a larger string is considered a duplicate. Thus
6146@code{"def"} will be merged with @code{"abcdef"}; A reference to the first
6147@code{"def"} will be changed to a reference to @code{"abcdef"+3}.
22fe14ad
NC
6148
6149If @var{flags} contains the @code{G} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
6150be present along with an additional field like this:
6151
6152@smallexample
6153.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"G, @@@var{type}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6154@end smallexample
6155
6156The @var{GroupName} field specifies the name of the section group to which this
6157particular section belongs. The optional linkage field can contain:
6158@table @code
6159@item comdat
6160indicates that only one copy of this section should be retained
6161@item .gnu.linkonce
6162an alias for comdat
6163@end table
6164
96e9638b 6165Note: if both the @var{M} and @var{G} flags are present then the fields for
22fe14ad
NC
6166the Merge flag should come first, like this:
6167
6168@smallexample
6169.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"MG, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6170@end smallexample
ec38dd05 6171
01642c12
RM
6172If @var{flags} contains the @code{?} symbol then it may not also contain the
6173@code{G} symbol and the @var{GroupName} or @var{linkage} fields should not be
6174present. Instead, @code{?} says to consider the section that's current before
6175this directive. If that section used @code{G}, then the new section will use
6176@code{G} with those same @var{GroupName} and @var{linkage} fields implicitly.
6177If not, then the @code{?} symbol has no effect.
6178
252b5132
RH
6179If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6180the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to have
6181none of the above flags: it will not be allocated in memory, nor writable, nor
6182executable. The section will contain data.
6183
6184For ELF targets, the assembler supports another type of @code{.section}
6185directive for compatibility with the Solaris assembler:
c91d2e08 6186
252b5132
RH
6187@smallexample
6188.section "@var{name}"[, @var{flags}...]
6189@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6190
252b5132
RH
6191Note that the section name is quoted. There may be a sequence of comma
6192separated flags:
6193@table @code
6194@item #alloc
6195section is allocatable
6196@item #write
6197section is writable
6198@item #execinstr
6199section is executable
18ae9cc1
L
6200@item #exclude
6201section is excluded from executable and shared library.
22fe14ad
NC
6202@item #tls
6203section is used for thread local storage
252b5132 6204@end table
c91d2e08 6205
e9863d7f
DJ
6206This directive replaces the current section and subsection. See the
6207contents of the gas testsuite directory @code{gas/testsuite/gas/elf} for
6208some examples of how this directive and the other section stack directives
6209work.
c1253627
NC
6210@end ifset
6211@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6212
6213@node Set
6214@section @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
6215
6216@cindex @code{set} directive
6217@cindex symbol value, setting
6218Set the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}. This
6219changes @var{symbol}'s value and type to conform to
6220@var{expression}. If @var{symbol} was flagged as external, it remains
6221flagged (@pxref{Symbol Attributes}).
6222
6223You may @code{.set} a symbol many times in the same assembly.
6224
6225If you @code{.set} a global symbol, the value stored in the object
6226file is the last value stored into it.
6227
3c9b82ba
NC
6228@ifset Z80
6229On Z80 @code{set} is a real instruction, use
6230@samp{@var{symbol} defl @var{expression}} instead.
6231@end ifset
6232
252b5132
RH
6233@node Short
6234@section @code{.short @var{expressions}}
6235
6236@cindex @code{short} directive
6237@ifset GENERIC
6238@code{.short} is normally the same as @samp{.word}.
6239@xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6240
6241In some configurations, however, @code{.short} and @code{.word} generate
96e9638b 6242numbers of different lengths. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6243@end ifset
6244@ifclear GENERIC
6245@ifset W16
6246@code{.short} is the same as @samp{.word}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6247@end ifset
6248@ifset W32
6249This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
6250a 16 bit number for each.
6251@end ifset
6252@end ifclear
6253
6254@node Single
6255@section @code{.single @var{flonums}}
6256
6257@cindex @code{single} directive
6258@cindex floating point numbers (single)
6259This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
6260has the same effect as @code{.float}.
6261@ifset GENERIC
6262The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 6263@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6264@end ifset
6265@ifclear GENERIC
6266@ifset IEEEFLOAT
6267On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.single} emits 32-bit floating point
6268numbers in @sc{ieee} format.
6269@end ifset
6270@end ifclear
6271
c1253627 6272@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6273@node Size
c1253627 6274@section @code{.size}
c91d2e08 6275
c1253627
NC
6276This directive is used to set the size associated with a symbol.
6277
6278@ifset COFF
6279@ifset ELF
6280@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6281@subheading COFF Version
6282@end ifset
6283
6284@cindex @code{size} directive (COFF version)
6285For COFF targets, the @code{.size} directive is only permitted inside
6286@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6287
6288@smallexample
6289.size @var{expression}
6290@end smallexample
252b5132 6291
c91d2e08 6292@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6293@samp{.size} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6294@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6295ignores it.
6296@end ifset
c1253627 6297@end ifset
c91d2e08 6298
c1253627
NC
6299@ifset ELF
6300@ifset COFF
6301@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6302@subheading ELF Version
6303@end ifset
6304
6305@cindex @code{size} directive (ELF version)
6306For ELF targets, the @code{.size} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6307
c1253627
NC
6308@smallexample
6309.size @var{name} , @var{expression}
6310@end smallexample
6311
6312This directive sets the size associated with a symbol @var{name}.
c91d2e08
NC
6313The size in bytes is computed from @var{expression} which can make use of label
6314arithmetic. This directive is typically used to set the size of function
6315symbols.
c1253627
NC
6316@end ifset
6317@end ifset
252b5132 6318
252b5132
RH
6319@ifclear no-space-dir
6320@node Skip
6321@section @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6322
6323@cindex @code{skip} directive
6324@cindex filling memory
6325This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6326@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma and
6327@var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same as
6328@samp{.space}.
884f0d36 6329@end ifclear
252b5132 6330
ccf8a69b
BW
6331@node Sleb128
6332@section @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
6333
6334@cindex @code{sleb128} directive
01642c12 6335@var{sleb128} stands for ``signed little endian base 128.'' This is a
ccf8a69b
BW
6336compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
6337symbolic debugging format. @xref{Uleb128, ,@code{.uleb128}}.
6338
884f0d36 6339@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132
RH
6340@node Space
6341@section @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6342
6343@cindex @code{space} directive
6344@cindex filling memory
6345This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6346@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma
6347and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same
6348as @samp{.skip}.
6349
6350@ifset HPPA
6351@quotation
6352@emph{Warning:} @code{.space} has a completely different meaning for HPPA
6353targets; use @code{.block} as a substitute. See @cite{HP9000 Series 800
6354Assembly Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) for the meaning of the
6355@code{.space} directive. @xref{HPPA Directives,,HPPA Assembler Directives},
6356for a summary.
6357@end quotation
6358@end ifset
6359@end ifclear
6360
252b5132
RH
6361@ifset have-stabs
6362@node Stab
6363@section @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
6364
6365@cindex symbolic debuggers, information for
6366@cindex @code{stab@var{x}} directives
6367There are three directives that begin @samp{.stab}.
6368All emit symbols (@pxref{Symbols}), for use by symbolic debuggers.
a4fb0134 6369The symbols are not entered in the @command{@value{AS}} hash table: they
252b5132
RH
6370cannot be referenced elsewhere in the source file.
6371Up to five fields are required:
6372
6373@table @var
6374@item string
6375This is the symbol's name. It may contain any character except
6376@samp{\000}, so is more general than ordinary symbol names. Some
6377debuggers used to code arbitrarily complex structures into symbol names
6378using this field.
6379
6380@item type
6381An absolute expression. The symbol's type is set to the low 8 bits of
6382this expression. Any bit pattern is permitted, but @code{@value{LD}}
6383and debuggers choke on silly bit patterns.
6384
6385@item other
6386An absolute expression. The symbol's ``other'' attribute is set to the
6387low 8 bits of this expression.
6388
6389@item desc
6390An absolute expression. The symbol's descriptor is set to the low 16
6391bits of this expression.
6392
6393@item value
6394An absolute expression which becomes the symbol's value.
6395@end table
6396
6397If a warning is detected while reading a @code{.stabd}, @code{.stabn},
6398or @code{.stabs} statement, the symbol has probably already been created;
6399you get a half-formed symbol in your object file. This is
6400compatible with earlier assemblers!
6401
6402@table @code
6403@cindex @code{stabd} directive
6404@item .stabd @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc}
6405
6406The ``name'' of the symbol generated is not even an empty string.
6407It is a null pointer, for compatibility. Older assemblers used a
6408null pointer so they didn't waste space in object files with empty
6409strings.
6410
6411The symbol's value is set to the location counter,
6412relocatably. When your program is linked, the value of this symbol
6413is the address of the location counter when the @code{.stabd} was
6414assembled.
6415
6416@cindex @code{stabn} directive
6417@item .stabn @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6418The name of the symbol is set to the empty string @code{""}.
6419
6420@cindex @code{stabs} directive
6421@item .stabs @var{string} , @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6422All five fields are specified.
6423@end table
6424@end ifset
6425@c end have-stabs
6426
6427@node String
38a57ae7 6428@section @code{.string} "@var{str}", @code{.string8} "@var{str}", @code{.string16}
01642c12 6429"@var{str}", @code{.string32} "@var{str}", @code{.string64} "@var{str}"
252b5132
RH
6430
6431@cindex string, copying to object file
38a57ae7
NC
6432@cindex string8, copying to object file
6433@cindex string16, copying to object file
6434@cindex string32, copying to object file
6435@cindex string64, copying to object file
252b5132 6436@cindex @code{string} directive
38a57ae7
NC
6437@cindex @code{string8} directive
6438@cindex @code{string16} directive
6439@cindex @code{string32} directive
6440@cindex @code{string64} directive
252b5132
RH
6441
6442Copy the characters in @var{str} to the object file. You may specify more than
6443one string to copy, separated by commas. Unless otherwise specified for a
6444particular machine, the assembler marks the end of each string with a 0 byte.
6445You can use any of the escape sequences described in @ref{Strings,,Strings}.
6446
01642c12 6447The variants @code{string16}, @code{string32} and @code{string64} differ from
38a57ae7
NC
6448the @code{string} pseudo opcode in that each 8-bit character from @var{str} is
6449copied and expanded to 16, 32 or 64 bits respectively. The expanded characters
6450are stored in target endianness byte order.
6451
6452Example:
6453@smallexample
6454 .string32 "BYE"
6455expands to:
6456 .string "B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E\0\0\0" /* On little endian targets. */
6457 .string "\0\0\0B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E" /* On big endian targets. */
6458@end smallexample
6459
6460
252b5132
RH
6461@node Struct
6462@section @code{.struct @var{expression}}
6463
6464@cindex @code{struct} directive
6465Switch to the absolute section, and set the section offset to @var{expression},
6466which must be an absolute expression. You might use this as follows:
6467@smallexample
6468 .struct 0
6469field1:
6470 .struct field1 + 4
6471field2:
6472 .struct field2 + 4
6473field3:
6474@end smallexample
6475This would define the symbol @code{field1} to have the value 0, the symbol
6476@code{field2} to have the value 4, and the symbol @code{field3} to have the
6477value 8. Assembly would be left in the absolute section, and you would need to
6478use a @code{.section} directive of some sort to change to some other section
6479before further assembly.
6480
c91d2e08
NC
6481@ifset ELF
6482@node SubSection
6483@section @code{.subsection @var{name}}
6484
c1253627 6485@cindex @code{subsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6486@cindex Section Stack
6487This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6488@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}),
6489@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6490(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08
NC
6491
6492This directive replaces the current subsection with @code{name}. The current
6493section is not changed. The replaced subsection is put onto the section stack
6494in place of the then current top of stack subsection.
c91d2e08
NC
6495@end ifset
6496
252b5132
RH
6497@ifset ELF
6498@node Symver
6499@section @code{.symver}
6500@cindex @code{symver} directive
6501@cindex symbol versioning
6502@cindex versions of symbols
6503Use the @code{.symver} directive to bind symbols to specific version nodes
6504within a source file. This is only supported on ELF platforms, and is
6505typically used when assembling files to be linked into a shared library.
6506There are cases where it may make sense to use this in objects to be bound
6507into an application itself so as to override a versioned symbol from a
6508shared library.
6509
79082ff0 6510For ELF targets, the @code{.symver} directive can be used like this:
252b5132
RH
6511@smallexample
6512.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@nodename}
6513@end smallexample
339681c0 6514If the symbol @var{name} is defined within the file
79082ff0 6515being assembled, the @code{.symver} directive effectively creates a symbol
252b5132
RH
6516alias with the name @var{name2@@nodename}, and in fact the main reason that we
6517just don't try and create a regular alias is that the @var{@@} character isn't
6518permitted in symbol names. The @var{name2} part of the name is the actual name
6519of the symbol by which it will be externally referenced. The name @var{name}
6520itself is merely a name of convenience that is used so that it is possible to
6521have definitions for multiple versions of a function within a single source
6522file, and so that the compiler can unambiguously know which version of a
6523function is being mentioned. The @var{nodename} portion of the alias should be
6524the name of a node specified in the version script supplied to the linker when
6525building a shared library. If you are attempting to override a versioned
6526symbol from a shared library, then @var{nodename} should correspond to the
6527nodename of the symbol you are trying to override.
339681c0
L
6528
6529If the symbol @var{name} is not defined within the file being assembled, all
6530references to @var{name} will be changed to @var{name2@@nodename}. If no
6531reference to @var{name} is made, @var{name2@@nodename} will be removed from the
6532symbol table.
79082ff0
L
6533
6534Another usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6535@smallexample
6536.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@nodename}
6537@end smallexample
6538In this case, the symbol @var{name} must exist and be defined within
a349d9dd 6539the file being assembled. It is similar to @var{name2@@nodename}. The
79082ff0
L
6540difference is @var{name2@@@@nodename} will also be used to resolve
6541references to @var{name2} by the linker.
6542
6543The third usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6544@smallexample
6545.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@@@nodename}
6546@end smallexample
6547When @var{name} is not defined within the
6548file being assembled, it is treated as @var{name2@@nodename}. When
6549@var{name} is defined within the file being assembled, the symbol
6550name, @var{name}, will be changed to @var{name2@@@@nodename}.
252b5132
RH
6551@end ifset
6552
6553@ifset COFF
6554@node Tag
6555@section @code{.tag @var{structname}}
6556
6557@cindex COFF structure debugging
6558@cindex structure debugging, COFF
6559@cindex @code{tag} directive
6560This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
6561information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
6562@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. Tags are used to link structure
6563definitions in the symbol table with instances of those structures.
6564@ifset BOUT
6565
6566@samp{.tag} is only used when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6567@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6568ignores it.
6569@end ifset
6570@end ifset
6571
6572@node Text
6573@section @code{.text @var{subsection}}
6574
6575@cindex @code{text} directive
a4fb0134 6576Tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the end of
252b5132
RH
6577the text subsection numbered @var{subsection}, which is an absolute
6578expression. If @var{subsection} is omitted, subsection number zero
6579is used.
6580
6581@node Title
6582@section @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
6583
6584@cindex @code{title} directive
6585@cindex listing control: title line
6586Use @var{heading} as the title (second line, immediately after the
6587source file name and pagenumber) when generating assembly listings.
6588
6589This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6590it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6591
c1253627 6592@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6593@node Type
c1253627
NC
6594@section @code{.type}
6595
6596This directive is used to set the type of a symbol.
6597
6598@ifset COFF
6599@ifset ELF
6600@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6601@subheading COFF Version
6602@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6603
6604@cindex COFF symbol type
6605@cindex symbol type, COFF
c1253627
NC
6606@cindex @code{type} directive (COFF version)
6607For COFF targets, this directive is permitted only within
6608@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6609
6610@smallexample
6611.type @var{int}
6612@end smallexample
6613
6614This records the integer @var{int} as the type attribute of a symbol table
6615entry.
252b5132 6616
c91d2e08 6617@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6618@samp{.type} is associated only with COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6619@command{@value{AS}} is configured for @code{b.out} output, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
6620directive but ignores it.
6621@end ifset
c1253627 6622@end ifset
c91d2e08 6623
c1253627
NC
6624@ifset ELF
6625@ifset COFF
6626@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6627@subheading ELF Version
6628@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6629
6630@cindex ELF symbol type
6631@cindex symbol type, ELF
c1253627
NC
6632@cindex @code{type} directive (ELF version)
6633For ELF targets, the @code{.type} directive is used like this:
6634
6635@smallexample
6636.type @var{name} , @var{type description}
6637@end smallexample
6638
6639This sets the type of symbol @var{name} to be either a
a349d9dd 6640function symbol or an object symbol. There are five different syntaxes
c91d2e08 6641supported for the @var{type description} field, in order to provide
28c9d252 6642compatibility with various other assemblers.
58ab4f3d
MM
6643
6644Because some of the characters used in these syntaxes (such as @samp{@@} and
6645@samp{#}) are comment characters for some architectures, some of the syntaxes
6646below do not work on all architectures. The first variant will be accepted by
6647the GNU assembler on all architectures so that variant should be used for
6648maximum portability, if you do not need to assemble your code with other
6649assemblers.
6650
6651The syntaxes supported are:
c91d2e08
NC
6652
6653@smallexample
5671778d
NC
6654 .type <name> STT_<TYPE_IN_UPPER_CASE>
6655 .type <name>,#<type>
6656 .type <name>,@@<type>
e7c33416 6657 .type <name>,%<type>
5671778d
NC
6658 .type <name>,"<type>"
6659@end smallexample
6660
6661The types supported are:
58ab4f3d 6662
5671778d
NC
6663@table @gcctabopt
6664@item STT_FUNC
6665@itemx function
6666Mark the symbol as being a function name.
c91d2e08 6667
d8045f23
NC
6668@item STT_GNU_IFUNC
6669@itemx gnu_indirect_function
6670Mark the symbol as an indirect function when evaluated during reloc
9c55345c 6671processing. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU systems).
d8045f23 6672
5671778d
NC
6673@item STT_OBJECT
6674@itemx object
6675Mark the symbol as being a data object.
6676
6677@item STT_TLS
6678@itemx tls_object
6679Mark the symbol as being a thead-local data object.
6680
6681@item STT_COMMON
6682@itemx common
6683Mark the symbol as being a common data object.
e7c33416
NC
6684
6685@item STT_NOTYPE
6686@itemx notype
6687Does not mark the symbol in any way. It is supported just for completeness.
6688
3e7a7d11
NC
6689@item gnu_unique_object
6690Marks the symbol as being a globally unique data object. The dynamic linker
6691will make sure that in the entire process there is just one symbol with this
9c55345c
TS
6692name and type in use. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU
6693systems).
3e7a7d11 6694
5671778d
NC
6695@end table
6696
6697Note: Some targets support extra types in addition to those listed above.
c91d2e08 6698
c1253627
NC
6699@end ifset
6700@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6701
6702@node Uleb128
6703@section @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
6704
6705@cindex @code{uleb128} directive
01642c12 6706@var{uleb128} stands for ``unsigned little endian base 128.'' This is a
c91d2e08 6707compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
96e9638b 6708symbolic debugging format. @xref{Sleb128, ,@code{.sleb128}}.
252b5132
RH
6709
6710@ifset COFF
6711@node Val
6712@section @code{.val @var{addr}}
6713
6714@cindex @code{val} directive
6715@cindex COFF value attribute
6716@cindex value attribute, COFF
6717This directive, permitted only within @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs,
6718records the address @var{addr} as the value attribute of a symbol table
6719entry.
6720@ifset BOUT
6721
a4fb0134 6722@samp{.val} is used only for COFF output; when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
6723configured for @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but ignores it.
6724@end ifset
6725@end ifset
6726
2e13b764 6727@ifset ELF
c91d2e08
NC
6728@node Version
6729@section @code{.version "@var{string}"}
2e13b764 6730
c1253627 6731@cindex @code{version} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6732This directive creates a @code{.note} section and places into it an ELF
6733formatted note of type NT_VERSION. The note's name is set to @code{string}.
9a297610 6734@end ifset
2e13b764 6735
c91d2e08
NC
6736@ifset ELF
6737@node VTableEntry
6738@section @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
2e13b764 6739
653cfe85 6740@cindex @code{vtable_entry} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6741This directive finds or creates a symbol @code{table} and creates a
6742@code{VTABLE_ENTRY} relocation for it with an addend of @code{offset}.
2e13b764 6743
c91d2e08
NC
6744@node VTableInherit
6745@section @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 6746
653cfe85 6747@cindex @code{vtable_inherit} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6748This directive finds the symbol @code{child} and finds or creates the symbol
6749@code{parent} and then creates a @code{VTABLE_INHERIT} relocation for the
a349d9dd 6750parent whose addend is the value of the child symbol. As a special case the
96e9638b 6751parent name of @code{0} is treated as referring to the @code{*ABS*} section.
c91d2e08 6752@end ifset
2e13b764 6753
d190d046
HPN
6754@node Warning
6755@section @code{.warning "@var{string}"}
6756@cindex warning directive
6757Similar to the directive @code{.error}
6758(@pxref{Error,,@code{.error "@var{string}"}}), but just emits a warning.
6759
c91d2e08
NC
6760@node Weak
6761@section @code{.weak @var{names}}
2e13b764 6762
c1253627 6763@cindex @code{weak} directive
a349d9dd 6764This directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c91d2e08 6765@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
c87db184 6766
01642c12 6767On COFF targets other than PE, weak symbols are a GNU extension. This
977cdf5a 6768directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c87db184
CF
6769@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
6770
977cdf5a 6771On the PE target, weak symbols are supported natively as weak aliases.
01642c12 6772When a weak symbol is created that is not an alias, GAS creates an
977cdf5a 6773alternate symbol to hold the default value.
2e13b764 6774
06e77878
AO
6775@node Weakref
6776@section @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{target}}
6777
6778@cindex @code{weakref} directive
6779This directive creates an alias to the target symbol that enables the symbol to
6780be referenced with weak-symbol semantics, but without actually making it weak.
6781If direct references or definitions of the symbol are present, then the symbol
6782will not be weak, but if all references to it are through weak references, the
6783symbol will be marked as weak in the symbol table.
6784
6785The effect is equivalent to moving all references to the alias to a separate
6786assembly source file, renaming the alias to the symbol in it, declaring the
6787symbol as weak there, and running a reloadable link to merge the object files
6788resulting from the assembly of the new source file and the old source file that
6789had the references to the alias removed.
6790
6791The alias itself never makes to the symbol table, and is entirely handled
6792within the assembler.
6793
252b5132
RH
6794@node Word
6795@section @code{.word @var{expressions}}
6796
6797@cindex @code{word} directive
6798This directive expects zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section,
6799separated by commas.
6800@ifclear GENERIC
6801@ifset W32
a4fb0134 6802For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 32-bit number.
252b5132
RH
6803@end ifset
6804@ifset W16
a4fb0134 6805For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 16-bit number.
252b5132
RH
6806@end ifset
6807@end ifclear
6808@ifset GENERIC
6809
6810The size of the number emitted, and its byte order,
6811depend on what target computer the assembly is for.
6812@end ifset
6813
6814@c on amd29k, i960, sparc the "special treatment to support compilers" doesn't
6815@c happen---32-bit addressability, period; no long/short jumps.
6816@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
6817@cindex difference tables altered
6818@cindex altered difference tables
6819@quotation
6820@emph{Warning: Special Treatment to support Compilers}
6821@end quotation
6822
6823@ifset GENERIC
6824Machines with a 32-bit address space, but that do less than 32-bit
6825addressing, require the following special treatment. If the machine of
6826interest to you does 32-bit addressing (or doesn't require it;
6827@pxref{Machine Dependencies}), you can ignore this issue.
6828
6829@end ifset
6830In order to assemble compiler output into something that works,
a4fb0134 6831@command{@value{AS}} occasionally does strange things to @samp{.word} directives.
252b5132 6832Directives of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2} are often emitted by
a4fb0134 6833compilers as part of jump tables. Therefore, when @command{@value{AS}} assembles a
252b5132 6834directive of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2}, and the difference between
a4fb0134 6835@code{sym1} and @code{sym2} does not fit in 16 bits, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
6836creates a @dfn{secondary jump table}, immediately before the next label.
6837This secondary jump table is preceded by a short-jump to the
6838first byte after the secondary table. This short-jump prevents the flow
6839of control from accidentally falling into the new table. Inside the
6840table is a long-jump to @code{sym2}. The original @samp{.word}
6841contains @code{sym1} minus the address of the long-jump to
6842@code{sym2}.
6843
6844If there were several occurrences of @samp{.word sym1-sym2} before the
6845secondary jump table, all of them are adjusted. If there was a
6846@samp{.word sym3-sym4}, that also did not fit in sixteen bits, a
6847long-jump to @code{sym4} is included in the secondary jump table,
6848and the @code{.word} directives are adjusted to contain @code{sym3}
6849minus the address of the long-jump to @code{sym4}; and so on, for as many
6850entries in the original jump table as necessary.
6851
6852@ifset INTERNALS
a4fb0134 6853@emph{This feature may be disabled by compiling @command{@value{AS}} with the
252b5132
RH
6854@samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD} option.} This feature is likely to confuse
6855assembly language programmers.
6856@end ifset
6857@end ifset
6858@c end DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
6859
6860@node Deprecated
6861@section Deprecated Directives
6862
6863@cindex deprecated directives
6864@cindex obsolescent directives
6865One day these directives won't work.
6866They are included for compatibility with older assemblers.
6867@table @t
6868@item .abort
6869@item .line
6870@end table
6871
3a99f02f
DJ
6872@ifset ELF
6873@node Object Attributes
6874@chapter Object Attributes
6875@cindex object attributes
6876
6877@command{@value{AS}} assembles source files written for a specific architecture
6878into object files for that architecture. But not all object files are alike.
6879Many architectures support incompatible variations. For instance, floating
6880point arguments might be passed in floating point registers if the object file
6881requires hardware floating point support---or floating point arguments might be
6882passed in integer registers if the object file supports processors with no
6883hardware floating point unit. Or, if two objects are built for different
6884generations of the same architecture, the combination may require the
6885newer generation at run-time.
6886
6887This information is useful during and after linking. At link time,
6888@command{@value{LD}} can warn about incompatible object files. After link
6889time, tools like @command{gdb} can use it to process the linked file
6890correctly.
6891
6892Compatibility information is recorded as a series of object attributes. Each
6893attribute has a @dfn{vendor}, @dfn{tag}, and @dfn{value}. The vendor is a
6894string, and indicates who sets the meaning of the tag. The tag is an integer,
6895and indicates what property the attribute describes. The value may be a string
6896or an integer, and indicates how the property affects this object. Missing
6897attributes are the same as attributes with a zero value or empty string value.
6898
6899Object attributes were developed as part of the ABI for the ARM Architecture.
6900The file format is documented in @cite{ELF for the ARM Architecture}.
6901
6902@menu
6903* GNU Object Attributes:: @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
6904* Defining New Object Attributes:: Defining New Object Attributes
6905@end menu
6906
6907@node GNU Object Attributes
6908@section @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
6909
6910The @code{.gnu_attribute} directive records an object attribute
6911with vendor @samp{gnu}.
6912
6913Except for @samp{Tag_compatibility}, which has both an integer and a string for
6914its value, @sc{gnu} attributes have a string value if the tag number is odd and
6915an integer value if the tag number is even. The second bit (@code{@var{tag} &
69162} is set for architecture-independent attributes and clear for
6917architecture-dependent ones.
6918
6919@subsection Common @sc{gnu} attributes
6920
6921These attributes are valid on all architectures.
6922
6923@table @r
6924@item Tag_compatibility (32)
6925The compatibility attribute takes an integer flag value and a vendor name. If
6926the flag value is 0, the file is compatible with other toolchains. If it is 1,
6927then the file is only compatible with the named toolchain. If it is greater
6928than 1, the file can only be processed by other toolchains under some private
6929arrangement indicated by the flag value and the vendor name.
6930@end table
6931
6932@subsection MIPS Attributes
6933
6934@table @r
6935@item Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP (4)
6936The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6937
6938@itemize @bullet
6939@item
69400 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
6941@item
69421 for files using the hardware floating-point with a standard double-precision
6943FPU.
6944@item
69452 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a single-precision FPU.
6946@item
69473 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
42554f6a
TS
6948@item
69494 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit wide
6950double-precision floating-point registers and 32-bit wide general
6951purpose registers.
3a99f02f
DJ
6952@end itemize
6953@end table
6954
6955@subsection PowerPC Attributes
6956
6957@table @r
6958@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP (4)
6959The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6960
6961@itemize @bullet
6962@item
69630 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
6964@item
3c7b9897 69651 for files using double-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
6966@item
69672 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
3c7b9897
AM
6968@item
69693 for files using single-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
6970@end itemize
6971
6972@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector (8)
6973The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6974
6975@itemize @bullet
6976@item
69770 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
6978@item
69791 for files using general purpose registers to pass vectors.
6980@item
69812 for files using AltiVec registers to pass vectors.
6982@item
69833 for files using SPE registers to pass vectors.
6984@end itemize
6985@end table
6986
6987@node Defining New Object Attributes
6988@section Defining New Object Attributes
6989
6990If you want to define a new @sc{gnu} object attribute, here are the places you
6991will need to modify. New attributes should be discussed on the @samp{binutils}
6992mailing list.
6993
6994@itemize @bullet
6995@item
6996This manual, which is the official register of attributes.
6997@item
6998The header for your architecture @file{include/elf}, to define the tag.
6999@item
7000The @file{bfd} support file for your architecture, to merge the attribute
7001and issue any appropriate link warnings.
7002@item
7003Test cases in @file{ld/testsuite} for merging and link warnings.
7004@item
7005@file{binutils/readelf.c} to display your attribute.
7006@item
7007GCC, if you want the compiler to mark the attribute automatically.
7008@end itemize
7009
7010@end ifset
7011
252b5132
RH
7012@ifset GENERIC
7013@node Machine Dependencies
7014@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7015
7016@cindex machine dependencies
7017The machine instruction sets are (almost by definition) different on
a4fb0134
SC
7018each machine where @command{@value{AS}} runs. Floating point representations
7019vary as well, and @command{@value{AS}} often supports a few additional
252b5132
RH
7020directives or command-line options for compatibility with other
7021assemblers on a particular platform. Finally, some versions of
a4fb0134 7022@command{@value{AS}} support special pseudo-instructions for branch
252b5132
RH
7023optimization.
7024
7025This chapter discusses most of these differences, though it does not
7026include details on any machine's instruction set. For details on that
7027subject, see the hardware manufacturer's manual.
7028
7029@menu
a06ea964
NC
7030@ifset AARCH64
7031* AArch64-Dependent:: AArch64 Dependent Features
7032@end ifset
625e1353
RH
7033@ifset ALPHA
7034* Alpha-Dependent:: Alpha Dependent Features
7035@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7036@ifset ARC
7037* ARC-Dependent:: ARC Dependent Features
7038@end ifset
7039@ifset ARM
7040* ARM-Dependent:: ARM Dependent Features
7041@end ifset
8473f7a4
DC
7042@ifset AVR
7043* AVR-Dependent:: AVR Dependent Features
7044@end ifset
3b4e1885
JZ
7045@ifset Blackfin
7046* Blackfin-Dependent:: Blackfin Dependent Features
07c1b327 7047@end ifset
3d3d428f
NC
7048@ifset CR16
7049* CR16-Dependent:: CR16 Dependent Features
7050@end ifset
8bf549a8 7051@ifset CRIS
328eb32e
HPN
7052* CRIS-Dependent:: CRIS Dependent Features
7053@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7054@ifset D10V
7055* D10V-Dependent:: D10V Dependent Features
7056@end ifset
7057@ifset D30V
7058* D30V-Dependent:: D30V Dependent Features
7059@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
7060@ifset EPIPHANY
7061* Epiphany-Dependent:: EPIPHANY Dependent Features
7062@end ifset
252b5132 7063@ifset H8/300
c2dcd04e 7064* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
252b5132 7065@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7066@ifset HPPA
7067* HPPA-Dependent:: HPPA Dependent Features
7068@end ifset
5b93d8bb
AM
7069@ifset I370
7070* ESA/390-Dependent:: IBM ESA/390 Dependent Features
7071@end ifset
252b5132 7072@ifset I80386
55b62671 7073* i386-Dependent:: Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 Dependent Features
252b5132 7074@end ifset
e3308d0d
JE
7075@ifset I860
7076* i860-Dependent:: Intel 80860 Dependent Features
7077@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7078@ifset I960
7079* i960-Dependent:: Intel 80960 Dependent Features
7080@end ifset
5cb53c21
L
7081@ifset IA64
7082* IA-64-Dependent:: Intel IA-64 Dependent Features
7083@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
7084@ifset IP2K
7085* IP2K-Dependent:: IP2K Dependent Features
7086@end ifset
84e94c90
NC
7087@ifset LM32
7088* LM32-Dependent:: LM32 Dependent Features
7089@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
7090@ifset M32C
7091* M32C-Dependent:: M32C Dependent Features
7092@end ifset
ec694b89
NC
7093@ifset M32R
7094* M32R-Dependent:: M32R Dependent Features
7095@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7096@ifset M680X0
7097* M68K-Dependent:: M680x0 Dependent Features
7098@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
7099@ifset M68HC11
7100* M68HC11-Dependent:: M68HC11 and 68HC12 Dependent Features
7101@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
7102@ifset METAG
7103* Meta-Dependent :: Meta Dependent Features
7104@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
7105@ifset MICROBLAZE
7106* MicroBlaze-Dependent:: MICROBLAZE Dependent Features
7107@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7108@ifset MIPS
7109* MIPS-Dependent:: MIPS Dependent Features
7110@end ifset
3c3bdf30
NC
7111@ifset MMIX
7112* MMIX-Dependent:: MMIX Dependent Features
7113@end ifset
2469cfa2
NC
7114@ifset MSP430
7115* MSP430-Dependent:: MSP430 Dependent Features
7116@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
7117@ifset NIOSII
7118* NiosII-Dependent:: Altera Nios II Dependent Features
7119@end ifset
7c31ae13
NC
7120@ifset NS32K
7121* NS32K-Dependent:: NS32K Dependent Features
7122@end ifset
252b5132 7123@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
7124* SH-Dependent:: Renesas / SuperH SH Dependent Features
7125* SH64-Dependent:: SuperH SH64 Dependent Features
252b5132 7126@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
7127@ifset PDP11
7128* PDP-11-Dependent:: PDP-11 Dependent Features
7129@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
7130@ifset PJ
7131* PJ-Dependent:: picoJava Dependent Features
7132@end ifset
418c1742
MG
7133@ifset PPC
7134* PPC-Dependent:: PowerPC Dependent Features
7135@end ifset
99c513f6
DD
7136@ifset RL78
7137* RL78-Dependent:: RL78 Dependent Features
7138@end ifset
046d31c2
NC
7139@ifset RX
7140* RX-Dependent:: RX Dependent Features
7141@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
7142@ifset S390
7143* S/390-Dependent:: IBM S/390 Dependent Features
7144@end ifset
c0157db4
NC
7145@ifset SCORE
7146* SCORE-Dependent:: SCORE Dependent Features
7147@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7148@ifset SPARC
7149* Sparc-Dependent:: SPARC Dependent Features
7150@end ifset
39bec121
TW
7151@ifset TIC54X
7152* TIC54X-Dependent:: TI TMS320C54x Dependent Features
7153@end ifset
40b36596
JM
7154@ifset TIC6X
7155* TIC6X-Dependent :: TI TMS320C6x Dependent Features
7156@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
7157@ifset TILEGX
7158* TILE-Gx-Dependent :: Tilera TILE-Gx Dependent Features
7159@end ifset
7160@ifset TILEPRO
7161* TILEPro-Dependent :: Tilera TILEPro Dependent Features
7162@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7163@ifset V850
7164* V850-Dependent:: V850 Dependent Features
7165@end ifset
f6c1a2d5
NC
7166@ifset XGATE
7167* XGATE-Dependent:: XGATE Features
7168@end ifset
6753e72f
NC
7169@ifset XSTORMY16
7170* XSTORMY16-Dependent:: XStormy16 Dependent Features
7171@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
7172@ifset XTENSA
7173* Xtensa-Dependent:: Xtensa Dependent Features
7174@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
7175@ifset Z80
7176* Z80-Dependent:: Z80 Dependent Features
7177@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7178@ifset Z8000
7179* Z8000-Dependent:: Z8000 Dependent Features
7180@end ifset
7181@ifset VAX
7182* Vax-Dependent:: VAX Dependent Features
7183@end ifset
7184@end menu
7185
7186@lowersections
7187@end ifset
7188
7189@c The following major nodes are *sections* in the GENERIC version, *chapters*
7190@c in single-cpu versions. This is mainly achieved by @lowersections. There is a
7191@c peculiarity: to preserve cross-references, there must be a node called
7192@c "Machine Dependencies". Hence the conditional nodenames in each
7193@c major node below. Node defaulting in makeinfo requires adjacency of
7194@c node and sectioning commands; hence the repetition of @chapter BLAH
7195@c in both conditional blocks.
7196
a06ea964
NC
7197@ifset AARCH64
7198@include c-aarch64.texi
7199@end ifset
7200
625e1353
RH
7201@ifset ALPHA
7202@include c-alpha.texi
7203@end ifset
7204
7205@ifset ARC
7206@include c-arc.texi
7207@end ifset
7208
252b5132
RH
7209@ifset ARM
7210@include c-arm.texi
7211@end ifset
7212
8473f7a4
DC
7213@ifset AVR
7214@include c-avr.texi
7215@end ifset
7216
3b4e1885 7217@ifset Blackfin
07c1b327
CM
7218@include c-bfin.texi
7219@end ifset
7220
3d3d428f
NC
7221@ifset CR16
7222@include c-cr16.texi
7223@end ifset
7224
328eb32e
HPN
7225@ifset CRIS
7226@include c-cris.texi
7227@end ifset
7228
c2dcd04e 7229@ifset Renesas-all
252b5132
RH
7230@ifclear GENERIC
7231@node Machine Dependencies
7232@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7233
c2dcd04e 7234The machine instruction sets are different on each Renesas chip family,
252b5132 7235and there are also some syntax differences among the families. This
a4fb0134 7236chapter describes the specific @command{@value{AS}} features for each
252b5132
RH
7237family.
7238
7239@menu
c2dcd04e 7240* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
c2dcd04e 7241* SH-Dependent:: Renesas SH Dependent Features
252b5132
RH
7242@end menu
7243@lowersections
7244@end ifclear
7245@end ifset
7246
7247@ifset D10V
7248@include c-d10v.texi
7249@end ifset
7250
7251@ifset D30V
7252@include c-d30v.texi
7253@end ifset
7254
cfb8c092
NC
7255@ifset EPIPHANY
7256@include c-epiphany.texi
7257@end ifset
7258
252b5132
RH
7259@ifset H8/300
7260@include c-h8300.texi
7261@end ifset
7262
252b5132
RH
7263@ifset HPPA
7264@include c-hppa.texi
7265@end ifset
7266
5b93d8bb
AM
7267@ifset I370
7268@include c-i370.texi
7269@end ifset
7270
252b5132
RH
7271@ifset I80386
7272@include c-i386.texi
7273@end ifset
7274
e3308d0d
JE
7275@ifset I860
7276@include c-i860.texi
7277@end ifset
7278
252b5132
RH
7279@ifset I960
7280@include c-i960.texi
7281@end ifset
7282
9e32ca89
NC
7283@ifset IA64
7284@include c-ia64.texi
7285@end ifset
7286
a40cbfa3
NC
7287@ifset IP2K
7288@include c-ip2k.texi
7289@end ifset
7290
84e94c90
NC
7291@ifset LM32
7292@include c-lm32.texi
7293@end ifset
7294
49f58d10
JB
7295@ifset M32C
7296@include c-m32c.texi
7297@end ifset
7298
ec694b89
NC
7299@ifset M32R
7300@include c-m32r.texi
7301@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7302
7303@ifset M680X0
7304@include c-m68k.texi
7305@end ifset
7306
60bcf0fa
NC
7307@ifset M68HC11
7308@include c-m68hc11.texi
7309@end ifset
7310
a3c62988
NC
7311@ifset METAG
7312@include c-metag.texi
7313@end ifset
7314
01642c12 7315@ifset MICROBLAZE
7ba29e2a
NC
7316@include c-microblaze.texi
7317@end ifset
7318
252b5132
RH
7319@ifset MIPS
7320@include c-mips.texi
7321@end ifset
7322
3c3bdf30
NC
7323@ifset MMIX
7324@include c-mmix.texi
7325@end ifset
7326
2469cfa2
NC
7327@ifset MSP430
7328@include c-msp430.texi
7329@end ifset
7330
36591ba1
SL
7331@ifset NIOSII
7332@include c-nios2.texi
7333@end ifset
7334
252b5132
RH
7335@ifset NS32K
7336@include c-ns32k.texi
7337@end ifset
7338
e135f41b
NC
7339@ifset PDP11
7340@include c-pdp11.texi
7341@end ifset
7342
041dd5a9
ILT
7343@ifset PJ
7344@include c-pj.texi
7345@end ifset
7346
418c1742
MG
7347@ifset PPC
7348@include c-ppc.texi
7349@end ifset
7350
99c513f6
DD
7351@ifset RL78
7352@include c-rl78.texi
7353@end ifset
7354
046d31c2
NC
7355@ifset RX
7356@include c-rx.texi
7357@end ifset
7358
11c19e16
MS
7359@ifset S390
7360@include c-s390.texi
7361@end ifset
7362
c0157db4
NC
7363@ifset SCORE
7364@include c-score.texi
7365@end ifset
7366
252b5132
RH
7367@ifset SH
7368@include c-sh.texi
324bfcf3 7369@include c-sh64.texi
252b5132
RH
7370@end ifset
7371
7372@ifset SPARC
7373@include c-sparc.texi
7374@end ifset
7375
39bec121
TW
7376@ifset TIC54X
7377@include c-tic54x.texi
7378@end ifset
7379
40b36596
JM
7380@ifset TIC6X
7381@include c-tic6x.texi
7382@end ifset
7383
aa137e4d
NC
7384@ifset TILEGX
7385@include c-tilegx.texi
7386@end ifset
7387
7388@ifset TILEPRO
7389@include c-tilepro.texi
7390@end ifset
7391
3c9b82ba
NC
7392@ifset Z80
7393@include c-z80.texi
7394@end ifset
7395
252b5132
RH
7396@ifset Z8000
7397@include c-z8k.texi
7398@end ifset
7399
7400@ifset VAX
7401@include c-vax.texi
7402@end ifset
7403
7404@ifset V850
7405@include c-v850.texi
7406@end ifset
7407
f6c1a2d5
NC
7408@ifset XGATE
7409@include c-xgate.texi
7410@end ifset
7411
6753e72f
NC
7412@ifset XSTORMY16
7413@include c-xstormy16.texi
7414@end ifset
7415
e0001a05
NC
7416@ifset XTENSA
7417@include c-xtensa.texi
7418@end ifset
7419
252b5132
RH
7420@ifset GENERIC
7421@c reverse effect of @down at top of generic Machine-Dep chapter
7422@raisesections
7423@end ifset
7424
7425@node Reporting Bugs
7426@chapter Reporting Bugs
7427@cindex bugs in assembler
7428@cindex reporting bugs in assembler
7429
a4fb0134 7430Your bug reports play an essential role in making @command{@value{AS}} reliable.
252b5132
RH
7431
7432Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or it may
7433not. But in any case the principal function of a bug report is to help the
a4fb0134
SC
7434entire community by making the next version of @command{@value{AS}} work better.
7435Bug reports are your contribution to the maintenance of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7436
7437In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
7438information that enables us to fix the bug.
7439
7440@menu
7441* Bug Criteria:: Have you found a bug?
7442* Bug Reporting:: How to report bugs
7443@end menu
7444
7445@node Bug Criteria
c1253627 7446@section Have You Found a Bug?
252b5132
RH
7447@cindex bug criteria
7448
7449If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines:
7450
7451@itemize @bullet
7452@cindex fatal signal
7453@cindex assembler crash
7454@cindex crash of assembler
7455@item
7456If the assembler gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a
a4fb0134 7457@command{@value{AS}} bug. Reliable assemblers never crash.
252b5132
RH
7458
7459@cindex error on valid input
7460@item
a4fb0134 7461If @command{@value{AS}} produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug.
252b5132
RH
7462
7463@cindex invalid input
7464@item
a4fb0134 7465If @command{@value{AS}} does not produce an error message for invalid input, that
252b5132
RH
7466is a bug. However, you should note that your idea of ``invalid input'' might
7467be our idea of ``an extension'' or ``support for traditional practice''.
7468
7469@item
7470If you are an experienced user of assemblers, your suggestions for improvement
a4fb0134 7471of @command{@value{AS}} are welcome in any case.
252b5132
RH
7472@end itemize
7473
7474@node Bug Reporting
c1253627 7475@section How to Report Bugs
252b5132
RH
7476@cindex bug reports
7477@cindex assembler bugs, reporting
7478
7479A number of companies and individuals offer support for @sc{gnu} products. If
a4fb0134 7480you obtained @command{@value{AS}} from a support organization, we recommend you
252b5132
RH
7481contact that organization first.
7482
7483You can find contact information for many support companies and
7484individuals in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the @sc{gnu} Emacs
7485distribution.
7486
ad22bfe8 7487@ifset BUGURL
a4fb0134 7488In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for @command{@value{AS}}
ad22bfe8
JM
7489to @value{BUGURL}.
7490@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7491
7492The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
7493@strong{report all the facts}. If you are not sure whether to state a
7494fact or leave it out, state it!
7495
7496Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the problem
7497and assume that some details do not matter. Thus, you might assume that the
7498name of a symbol you use in an example does not matter. Well, probably it does
7499not, but one cannot be sure. Perhaps the bug is a stray memory reference which
7500happens to fetch from the location where that name is stored in memory;
7501perhaps, if the name were different, the contents of that location would fool
7502the assembler into doing the right thing despite the bug. Play it safe and
7503give a specific, complete example. That is the easiest thing for you to do,
7504and the most helpful.
7505
7506Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix the bug if
7507it is new to us. Therefore, always write your bug reports on the assumption
7508that the bug has not been reported previously.
7509
7510Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a
c1253627
NC
7511bell?'' This cannot help us fix a bug, so it is basically useless. We
7512respond by asking for enough details to enable us to investigate.
7513You might as well expedite matters by sending them to begin with.
252b5132
RH
7514
7515To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
7516
7517@itemize @bullet
7518@item
a4fb0134 7519The version of @command{@value{AS}}. @command{@value{AS}} announces it if you start
252b5132
RH
7520it with the @samp{--version} argument.
7521
7522Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for
a4fb0134 7523the bug in the current version of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7524
7525@item
a4fb0134 7526Any patches you may have applied to the @command{@value{AS}} source.
252b5132
RH
7527
7528@item
7529The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and
7530version number.
7531
7532@item
a4fb0134 7533What compiler (and its version) was used to compile @command{@value{AS}}---e.g.
252b5132
RH
7534``@code{gcc-2.7}''.
7535
7536@item
7537The command arguments you gave the assembler to assemble your example and
7538observe the bug. To guarantee you will not omit something important, list them
7539all. A copy of the Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient.
7540
7541If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong
7542and then we might not encounter the bug.
7543
7544@item
7545A complete input file that will reproduce the bug. If the bug is observed when
7546the assembler is invoked via a compiler, send the assembler source, not the
7547high level language source. Most compilers will produce the assembler source
7548when run with the @samp{-S} option. If you are using @code{@value{GCC}}, use
7549the options @samp{-v --save-temps}; this will save the assembler source in a
7550file with an extension of @file{.s}, and also show you exactly how
a4fb0134 7551@command{@value{AS}} is being run.
252b5132
RH
7552
7553@item
7554A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
7555incorrect. For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.''
7556
a4fb0134 7557Of course, if the bug is that @command{@value{AS}} gets a fatal signal, then we
252b5132
RH
7558will certainly notice it. But if the bug is incorrect output, we might not
7559notice unless it is glaringly wrong. You might as well not give us a chance to
7560make a mistake.
7561
7562Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still say so
7563explicitly. Suppose something strange is going on, such as, your copy of
b45619c0 7564@command{@value{AS}} is out of sync, or you have encountered a bug in the C
252b5132
RH
7565library on your system. (This has happened!) Your copy might crash and ours
7566would not. If you told us to expect a crash, then when ours fails to crash, we
7567would know that the bug was not happening for us. If you had not told us to
7568expect a crash, then we would not be able to draw any conclusion from our
7569observations.
7570
7571@item
a4fb0134 7572If you wish to suggest changes to the @command{@value{AS}} source, send us context
252b5132
RH
7573diffs, as generated by @code{diff} with the @samp{-u}, @samp{-c}, or @samp{-p}
7574option. Always send diffs from the old file to the new file. If you even
a4fb0134 7575discuss something in the @command{@value{AS}} source, refer to it by context, not
252b5132
RH
7576by line number.
7577
7578The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your
7579sources. Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us.
7580@end itemize
7581
7582Here are some things that are not necessary:
7583
7584@itemize @bullet
7585@item
7586A description of the envelope of the bug.
7587
7588Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
7589which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
7590changes will not affect it.
7591
7592This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we
7593will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger
7594with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples.
7595We recommend that you save your time for something else.
7596
7597Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead}
7598of the original one, that is a convenience for us. Errors in the
7599output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
7600less time, and so on.
7601
7602However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this,
7603report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used.
7604
7605@item
7606A patch for the bug.
7607
7608A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one. But do not omit
7609the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that
7610a patch is all we need. We might see problems with your patch and decide
7611to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all.
7612
a4fb0134 7613Sometimes with a program as complicated as @command{@value{AS}} it is very hard to
252b5132
RH
7614construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path through
7615the code. If you do not send us the example, we will not be able to construct
7616one, so we will not be able to verify that the bug is fixed.
7617
7618And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your
7619patch should be an improvement, we will not install it. A test case will
7620help us to understand.
7621
7622@item
7623A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
7624
7625Such guesses are usually wrong. Even we cannot guess right about such
7626things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
7627@end itemize
7628
7629@node Acknowledgements
7630@chapter Acknowledgements
7631
653cfe85 7632If you have contributed to GAS and your name isn't listed here,
252b5132 7633it is not meant as a slight. We just don't know about it. Send mail to the
01642c12 7634maintainer, and we'll correct the situation. Currently
3bfcb652
NC
7635@c (October 2012),
7636the maintainer is Nick Clifton (email address @code{nickc@@redhat.com}).
252b5132
RH
7637
7638Dean Elsner wrote the original @sc{gnu} assembler for the VAX.@footnote{Any
7639more details?}
7640
7641Jay Fenlason maintained GAS for a while, adding support for GDB-specific debug
7642information and the 68k series machines, most of the preprocessing pass, and
7643extensive changes in @file{messages.c}, @file{input-file.c}, @file{write.c}.
7644
7645K. Richard Pixley maintained GAS for a while, adding various enhancements and
7646many bug fixes, including merging support for several processors, breaking GAS
7647up to handle multiple object file format back ends (including heavy rewrite,
7648testing, an integration of the coff and b.out back ends), adding configuration
7649including heavy testing and verification of cross assemblers and file splits
7650and renaming, converted GAS to strictly ANSI C including full prototypes, added
7651support for m680[34]0 and cpu32, did considerable work on i960 including a COFF
7652port (including considerable amounts of reverse engineering), a SPARC opcode
7653file rewrite, DECstation, rs6000, and hp300hpux host ports, updated ``know''
7654assertions and made them work, much other reorganization, cleanup, and lint.
7655
7656Ken Raeburn wrote the high-level BFD interface code to replace most of the code
7657in format-specific I/O modules.
7658
7659The original VMS support was contributed by David L. Kashtan. Eric Youngdale
7660has done much work with it since.
7661
7662The Intel 80386 machine description was written by Eliot Dresselhaus.
7663
7664Minh Tran-Le at IntelliCorp contributed some AIX 386 support.
7665
7666The Motorola 88k machine description was contributed by Devon Bowen of Buffalo
7667University and Torbjorn Granlund of the Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
7668
7669Keith Knowles at the Open Software Foundation wrote the original MIPS back end
7670(@file{tc-mips.c}, @file{tc-mips.h}), and contributed Rose format support
7671(which hasn't been merged in yet). Ralph Campbell worked with the MIPS code to
7672support a.out format.
7673
7be1c489
AM
7674Support for the Zilog Z8k and Renesas H8/300 processors (tc-z8k,
7675tc-h8300), and IEEE 695 object file format (obj-ieee), was written by
252b5132
RH
7676Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support. Steve also modified the COFF back end to
7677use BFD for some low-level operations, for use with the H8/300 and AMD 29k
7678targets.
7679
7680John Gilmore built the AMD 29000 support, added @code{.include} support, and
7681simplified the configuration of which versions accept which directives. He
7682updated the 68k machine description so that Motorola's opcodes always produced
c1253627 7683fixed-size instructions (e.g., @code{jsr}), while synthetic instructions
252b5132
RH
7684remained shrinkable (@code{jbsr}). John fixed many bugs, including true tested
7685cross-compilation support, and one bug in relaxation that took a week and
7686required the proverbial one-bit fix.
7687
7688Ian Lance Taylor of Cygnus Support merged the Motorola and MIT syntax for the
768968k, completed support for some COFF targets (68k, i386 SVR3, and SCO Unix),
7690added support for MIPS ECOFF and ELF targets, wrote the initial RS/6000 and
7691PowerPC assembler, and made a few other minor patches.
7692
653cfe85 7693Steve Chamberlain made GAS able to generate listings.
252b5132
RH
7694
7695Hewlett-Packard contributed support for the HP9000/300.
7696
7697Jeff Law wrote GAS and BFD support for the native HPPA object format (SOM)
7698along with a fairly extensive HPPA testsuite (for both SOM and ELF object
7699formats). This work was supported by both the Center for Software Science at
7700the University of Utah and Cygnus Support.
7701
7702Support for ELF format files has been worked on by Mark Eichin of Cygnus
7703Support (original, incomplete implementation for SPARC), Pete Hoogenboom and
7704Jeff Law at the University of Utah (HPPA mainly), Michael Meissner of the Open
7705Software Foundation (i386 mainly), and Ken Raeburn of Cygnus Support (sparc,
7706and some initial 64-bit support).
7707
c1253627 7708Linas Vepstas added GAS support for the ESA/390 ``IBM 370'' architecture.
5b93d8bb 7709
252b5132
RH
7710Richard Henderson rewrote the Alpha assembler. Klaus Kaempf wrote GAS and BFD
7711support for openVMS/Alpha.
7712
39bec121
TW
7713Timothy Wall, Michael Hayes, and Greg Smart contributed to the various tic*
7714flavors.
7715
e0001a05 7716David Heine, Sterling Augustine, Bob Wilson and John Ruttenberg from Tensilica,
b45619c0 7717Inc.@: added support for Xtensa processors.
e0001a05 7718
252b5132
RH
7719Several engineers at Cygnus Support have also provided many small bug fixes and
7720configuration enhancements.
7721
84e94c90
NC
7722Jon Beniston added support for the Lattice Mico32 architecture.
7723
252b5132
RH
7724Many others have contributed large or small bugfixes and enhancements. If
7725you have contributed significant work and are not mentioned on this list, and
7726want to be, let us know. Some of the history has been lost; we are not
7727intentionally leaving anyone out.
7728
793c5807
NC
7729@node GNU Free Documentation License
7730@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
c1253627 7731@include fdl.texi
cf055d54 7732
370b66a1
CD
7733@node AS Index
7734@unnumbered AS Index
252b5132
RH
7735
7736@printindex cp
7737
252b5132
RH
7738@bye
7739@c Local Variables:
7740@c fill-column: 79
7741@c End:
This page took 1.656842 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.